|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard PrŸmmer
|
|
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
|
16 * NOTE: Comment mentionning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
17 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
|
18 */
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 /*
|
|
|
21 * WARNING: Vim must be able to compile without Carbon
|
|
|
22 * As the desired minimum requirement are circa System 7
|
|
|
23 * (I want to run it on my Mac Classic) (Dany)
|
|
|
24 */
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 /*
|
|
|
27 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
30 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
31 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
32 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
33 *
|
|
|
34 */
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 /* TODO: find the best place for this (Dany) */
|
|
|
37 #if 0
|
|
|
38 # if ! TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
39 /* Enable the new API functions even when not compiling for Carbon */
|
|
|
40 /* Apple recomends Universal Interface 3.3.2 or later */
|
|
|
41 # define OPAQUE_TOOLBOX_STRUCTS 1
|
|
|
42 # define ACCESSOR_CALLS_ARE_FUNCTIONS 1
|
|
|
43 /* Help Menu not supported by Carbon */
|
|
|
44 # define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
45 # endif
|
|
|
46 #endif
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
48 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
49 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
51 /* Enable Contextual Menu Support */
|
|
|
52 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0320
|
|
|
53 # define USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
54 #endif
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 /* Put Vim Help in MacOS Help */
|
|
|
57 #define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
60 #define USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
63 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
64 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
65 #endif
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67 /* The VIM creator is CodeWarior specific */
|
|
|
68 #if !(defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) || defined(__APPLE_CC__))
|
|
|
69 # define USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
70 #else
|
|
|
71 # if 0 /* Was this usefull for some compiler? (Dany) */
|
|
|
72 static OSType _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
73 static OSType _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
74 # endif
|
|
|
75 #endif
|
|
|
76
|
|
9
|
77 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
78 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
|
79
|
|
7
|
80 /* CARBON version only tested with Project Builder under MacOS X */
|
|
|
81 #undef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
82 #if (defined(__APPLE_CC__) || defined(__MRC__)) && defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
83 # if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
84 # define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
85 # endif
|
|
|
86 #endif
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 #undef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
89 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
90 # define USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
91 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
92 #endif
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
94 /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
|
95 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 /* Debugging feature: use CodeWarior SIOUX */
|
|
|
98 #undef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
102 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
103 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
104 #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
105 #include <StandardFile.h>
|
|
|
106 #include <Traps.h>
|
|
|
107 #endif
|
|
|
108 #include <Balloons.h>
|
|
|
109 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
110 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
111 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
112 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
113 #endif
|
|
|
114 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
115 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
116 #endif
|
|
|
117 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
118 # include <stdio.h>
|
|
|
119 # include <sioux.h>
|
|
|
120 # include <console.h>
|
|
|
121 #endif
|
|
|
122 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
123 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
124 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
125 #endif
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
127 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON && 0
|
|
|
128 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
|
129 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
130 #endif
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
132 /*
|
|
|
133 * Translate new name to old ones
|
|
|
134 * New function only available in MacOS 8.5,
|
|
|
135 * So use old one to be compatible back to System 7
|
|
|
136 */
|
|
|
137 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
138 # undef EnableMenuItem
|
|
|
139 # define EnableMenuItem EnableItem
|
|
|
140 # undef DisableMenuItem
|
|
|
141 # define DisableMenuItem DisableItem
|
|
|
142 #endif
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
144 /* Carbon does not support the Get/SetControll functions,
|
|
|
145 * use Get/SetControl32Bit instead and rename for non-carbon
|
|
|
146 * systems.
|
|
|
147 */
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
149 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
150 # undef SetControl32BitMaximum
|
|
|
151 # define SetControl32BitMaximum SetControlMaximum
|
|
|
152 # undef SetControl32BitMinimum
|
|
|
153 # define SetControl32BitMinimum SetControlMinimum
|
|
|
154 # undef SetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
155 # define SetControl32BitValue SetControlValue
|
|
|
156 # undef GetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
157 # define GetControl32BitValue GetControlValue
|
|
|
158 #endif
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 /*
|
|
|
161 * ???
|
|
|
162 */
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
164 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
165 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
166 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
167 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
169 /*
|
|
|
170 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
171 */
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
174 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
177 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
178 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 /* ??? */
|
|
|
181 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
182 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
183 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
184 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
185 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
188 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
189 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
190 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
191 */
|
|
|
192 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
195 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
196 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
197 #endif
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
200 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
201 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
204 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
205
|
|
13
|
206 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
207 static struct
|
|
|
208 {
|
|
|
209 FMFontFamily family;
|
|
|
210 FMFontSize size;
|
|
|
211 FMFontStyle style;
|
|
|
212 Boolean isPanelVisible;
|
|
|
213 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false };
|
|
|
214 #endif
|
|
|
215
|
|
7
|
216 /*
|
|
|
217 * The Quickdraw global is predefined in CodeWarior
|
|
|
218 * but is not in Apple MPW
|
|
|
219 */
|
|
|
220 #if (defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__))
|
|
|
221 # if !(defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON) && TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
222 QDGlobals qd;
|
|
|
223 # endif
|
|
|
224 #endif
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
227 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
228 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
229 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
230 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
237 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
238 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
239 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
240 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
241 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
242 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
243 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
244 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
245 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
246 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
247 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
248 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
249 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
250 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
253 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
256 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
257 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
258 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
259 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
261 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
262 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
263 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
264 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
265 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
266 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
269 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
270 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
271 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
274 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
275 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
276 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
277 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
278 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
279 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
280 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
281 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
285 static struct
|
|
|
286 {
|
|
|
287 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
288 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
289 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
290 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
291 {
|
|
|
292 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
293 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
294 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
295 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
298 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
299 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
300 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
301 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
302 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
303 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
304 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
305 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
306 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
308 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
309 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
310 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
311 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
312 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
314 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
315 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
316 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
317 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
318 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
319 #endif
|
|
|
320 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
321 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
322 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
323 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
324 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
325 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
326 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
328 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
329 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
331 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
332 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
333 };
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 /*
|
|
|
336 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
337 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
338 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
339 */
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
342 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
343 #endif
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
345 /*
|
|
|
346 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
347 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
348 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
349 */
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
351 /*
|
|
|
352 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
353 *
|
|
|
354 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
355 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
356 *
|
|
|
357 */
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 char_u *C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
360 {
|
|
|
361 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
362 int len;
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
365 return NULL;
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
367 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
369 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
370 len = 255;
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
373 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
374 {
|
|
|
375 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
376 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
377 }
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
379 return PascalString;
|
|
|
380 }
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 /*
|
|
|
383 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
384 *
|
|
|
385 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
386 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
387 *
|
|
|
388 */
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
390 char_u *C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
391 {
|
|
|
392 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
393 int len;
|
|
|
394 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
396 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
398 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
399 len = 255;
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
402 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
403 {
|
|
|
404 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
405 {
|
|
|
406 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
407 {
|
|
|
408 c++;
|
|
|
409 }
|
|
|
410 *p = *c;
|
|
|
411 p++;
|
|
|
412 len++;
|
|
|
413 }
|
|
|
414 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
415 }
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 return PascalString;
|
|
|
418 }
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 /*
|
|
|
421 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
422 */
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 int_u
|
|
|
425 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
426 {
|
|
|
427 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
429 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
430 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
431 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
432 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
433 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
434 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
435 #if 0
|
|
|
436 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
437 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
438 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
439 #endif
|
|
|
440 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
441 }
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
443 /*
|
|
|
444 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
445 */
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
447 static int_u
|
|
|
448 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
449 {
|
|
|
450 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
452 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
453 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
454 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
455 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
456 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
457 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
458 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
459 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
460 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
461 #endif
|
|
|
462 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
463 }
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
465 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
466 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
467 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
468 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
469 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
470 *
|
|
|
471 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
472 */
|
|
|
473 static int
|
|
|
474 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
475 {
|
|
|
476 int pixels;
|
|
|
477 int points = 0;
|
|
|
478 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 while (*str)
|
|
|
481 {
|
|
|
482 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
483 {
|
|
|
484 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
485 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
486 continue;
|
|
|
487 }
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
490 break;
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 points *= 10;
|
|
|
493 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
494 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
496 ++str;
|
|
|
497 }
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
500 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
503 *end = str;
|
|
|
504 return pixels;
|
|
|
505 }
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
507 /*
|
|
|
508 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
509 * character strings.
|
|
|
510 */
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 char_u **new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
|
513 {
|
|
|
514 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
515 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
516 long fileCount;
|
|
|
517 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
518 long actualSize;
|
|
|
519 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
520 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
523 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
524 if (*error)
|
|
|
525 {
|
|
|
526 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
527 printf("fname_from_AEDesc: AECountItems error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
528 #endif
|
|
|
529 return(fnames);
|
|
|
530 }
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
532 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
533 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
536 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
537 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
540 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
541 {
|
|
|
542 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
543 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
544 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
545 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
546 if (newError)
|
|
|
547 {
|
|
|
548 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
549 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
|
550 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
551 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetNthPtr error: %d\n", newError);
|
|
7
|
552 #endif
|
|
|
553 return(fnames);
|
|
|
554 }
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
557 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
558 }
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 return (fnames);
|
|
|
561 }
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 /*
|
|
|
564 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
565 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
566 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
567 */
|
|
|
568 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 /*
|
|
|
571 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
572 *
|
|
|
573 * Description
|
|
|
574 * -----------
|
|
|
575 *
|
|
|
576 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
577 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
578 *
|
|
|
579 * Event Reply
|
|
|
580 * -----------
|
|
|
581 *
|
|
|
582 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
583 *
|
|
|
584 * Remarks
|
|
|
585 * -------
|
|
|
586 *
|
|
|
587 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
588 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
589 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
590 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
591 *
|
|
|
592 */
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
595 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
596 #endif
|
|
|
597 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
598 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
599 {
|
|
|
600 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
601 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
602 };
|
|
|
603 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
604 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
605 #endif
|
|
|
606
|
|
9
|
607 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
608 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
609 {
|
|
|
610 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
611 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
612 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
613 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
614 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
615 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
618 if (error)
|
|
|
619 {
|
|
|
620 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
621 printf("KAHL_SRCH: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
622 #endif
|
|
|
623 return(error);
|
|
|
624 }
|
|
|
625
|
|
9
|
626 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
627 if (error)
|
|
|
628 {
|
|
|
629 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
630 printf("KAHL_SRCH: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
631 #endif
|
|
|
632 return(error);
|
|
|
633 }
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
636 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
637 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
638 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
639 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
640 {
|
|
|
641 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
642 break;
|
|
|
643 }
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
645 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
646 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
647 else
|
|
|
648 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
651 printf("KAHL_SRCH: file \"%#s\" {%d}", SearchData.theFile.name,SearchData.theFile.parID);
|
|
7
|
652 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
653 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
654 printf(" found. [date %lx, %lx]\n", *SearchData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
655 #endif
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
657 return error;
|
|
|
658 };
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 /*
|
|
|
661 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
662 *
|
|
|
663 * Description
|
|
|
664 * -----------
|
|
|
665 *
|
|
|
666 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
667 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
668 *
|
|
|
669 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
670 * ----------
|
|
|
671 *
|
|
|
672 * Event Reply
|
|
|
673 * -----------
|
|
|
674 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
675 *
|
|
|
676 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
677 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
678 *
|
|
|
679 * Remarks
|
|
|
680 * -------
|
|
|
681 *
|
|
|
682 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
683 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
684 *
|
|
|
685 */
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
688 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
689 #endif
|
|
|
690 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
691 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
692 {
|
|
|
693 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
694 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
695 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
696 };
|
|
|
697 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
698 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
699 #endif
|
|
|
700
|
|
9
|
701 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
702 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
703 {
|
|
|
704 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
705 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
706 long numFiles;
|
|
|
707 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
708 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
710 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
711
|
|
9
|
712 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
713 if (error)
|
|
|
714 {
|
|
|
715 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
716 printf("KAHL_MOD: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
717 #endif
|
|
|
718 return(error);
|
|
|
719 }
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
721 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
722 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
723 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
725 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
726 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
727 if (error)
|
|
|
728 {
|
|
|
729 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
730 printf("KAHL_MOD: AECreateList error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
731 #endif
|
|
|
732 return(error);
|
|
|
733 }
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
735 #if 0
|
|
|
736 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
737 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
738 printf("KAHL_MOD ReplyList: %x %x\n", replyList.descriptorType, replyList.dataHandle);
|
|
|
739 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
|
740 #endif
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
742 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
743 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
744 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
745 */
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
747 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
748 #endif
|
|
|
749
|
|
|
750 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
751 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
752 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
753 {
|
|
|
754 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
755 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
756 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
757 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
758 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
759 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
760 if (numFiles == 0)
|
|
9
|
761 printf("KAHL_MOD: ");
|
|
7
|
762 else
|
|
9
|
763 printf(", ");
|
|
|
764 printf("\"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", theFile.theFile.name, theFile.theFile.parID, theFile.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
765 if (error)
|
|
9
|
766 printf(" (%d)", error);
|
|
7
|
767 numFiles++;
|
|
|
768 #endif
|
|
|
769 };
|
|
|
770
|
|
|
771 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
772 printf("\n");
|
|
7
|
773 #endif
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
775 #if 0
|
|
|
776 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
777 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
778 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
7
|
779 #endif
|
|
|
780 #endif
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
782 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
783 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
784
|
|
|
785 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
786 if (error)
|
|
9
|
787 printf("KAHL_MOD: AEPutParamDesc error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
788 #endif
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
790 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
791 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
793 return error;
|
|
|
794 };
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
796 /*
|
|
|
797 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
798 *
|
|
|
799 * Description
|
|
|
800 * -----------
|
|
|
801 *
|
|
|
802 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
803 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
804 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
805 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
806 *
|
|
|
807 * Event Reply
|
|
|
808 * -----------
|
|
|
809 *
|
|
|
810 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
811 *
|
|
|
812 * Remarks
|
|
|
813 * -------
|
|
|
814 *
|
|
|
815 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
816 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
817 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
818 * theText.
|
|
|
819 *
|
|
|
820 */
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
822 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
823 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
824 #endif
|
|
|
825 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
826 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
827 {
|
|
|
828 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
829 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
830 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
831 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
832 };
|
|
|
833 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
834 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
835 #endif
|
|
|
836
|
|
9
|
837 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
838 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
839 {
|
|
|
840 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
841 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
842 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
843 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
844 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
845 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
846 char_u *line;
|
|
|
847 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
848 long linesize;
|
|
|
849 long lineStart;
|
|
|
850 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
851 long lineno;
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
853 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
855 if (error)
|
|
|
856 {
|
|
|
857 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
858 printf("KAHL_GTTX: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
859 #endif
|
|
|
860 return(error);
|
|
|
861 }
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
864 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
865 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
866 {
|
|
|
867 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
868 break;
|
|
|
869 }
|
|
|
870
|
|
|
871 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
872 {
|
|
9
|
873 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
874 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
875 {
|
|
|
876 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
877 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
878 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
879 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
880 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
881 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
882 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
883 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
884 {
|
|
|
885 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
886 printf("KAHL_GTTX: SetHandleSize increase: %d, size %d\n",
|
|
7
|
887 linesize, BufferSize);
|
|
|
888 #endif
|
|
|
889 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
890 }
|
|
|
891 else
|
|
|
892 {
|
|
9
|
893 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
894 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
895 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
896 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
897 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
898 }
|
|
|
899 }
|
|
|
900 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
901 {
|
|
9
|
902 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
903 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
904 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
905 }
|
|
|
906 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
907 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
908 else
|
|
9
|
909 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
910 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
911 }
|
|
|
912 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
913 printf("KAHL_GTTX: file \"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", GetTextData.theFile.name, GetTextData.theFile.parID, *GetTextData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
914 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
915 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
916 printf(" found. (BufferSize = %d)\n", BufferSize);
|
|
|
917 #endif
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
919 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
920 if (error)
|
|
|
921 {
|
|
|
922 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
923 printf("KAHL_GTTX: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
924 #endif
|
|
|
925 return(error);
|
|
|
926 }
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 return(error);
|
|
|
929 }
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 /*
|
|
|
932 *
|
|
|
933 */
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
9
|
936 pascal OSErr FindProcessBySignature(const OSType targetType,
|
|
7
|
937 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
9
|
938 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
939 {
|
|
|
940 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
941 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
943 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
944
|
|
9
|
945 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
946 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
947 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
948
|
|
|
949 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
950 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
951
|
|
9
|
952 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
953 {
|
|
9
|
954 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
955 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
956 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
957 else
|
|
|
958 {
|
|
9
|
959 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
960 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
961 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
962 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
963 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
964 }
|
|
|
965 }
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
967 return anErr;
|
|
|
968 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
969
|
|
9
|
970 void
|
|
|
971 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
972 {
|
|
9
|
973 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
974 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
975 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
976 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
977 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
978 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
979 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
980 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
982
|
|
9
|
983 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
7
|
984 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
985 printf("CodeWarrior is");
|
|
7
|
986 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
9
|
987 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
988 printf(" running\n");
|
|
|
989 #endif
|
|
|
990 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
991 {
|
|
9
|
992 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
993 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
994
|
|
|
995 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
996 {
|
|
|
997 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
998 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
999 }
|
|
|
1000
|
|
9
|
1001 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
1002
|
|
|
1003 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
1004 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
1005 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
1006
|
|
|
1007 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
1008 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
1009
|
|
|
1010 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
1011 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
1012 else
|
|
|
1013 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
1014
|
|
9
|
1015 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
1016 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
1017 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
1018 {
|
|
|
1019 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1020 printf("KAHL_MOD: Send error: %d\n", anErr);
|
|
|
1021 #endif
|
|
|
1022 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
1023 }
|
|
9
|
1024 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
1025 }
|
|
|
1026 }
|
|
|
1027 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
1028
|
|
|
1029 /*
|
|
|
1030 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1031 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1032 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1033 */
|
|
|
1034 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
1035
|
|
|
1036 /*
|
|
|
1037 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
1038 */
|
|
|
1039
|
|
9
|
1040 OSErr
|
|
|
1041 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
1042 {
|
|
|
1043 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1044 long actualSize;
|
|
|
1045 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
1046 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
1049 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
1050 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
1051 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
1052 &actualSize);
|
|
|
1053
|
|
|
1054 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
1055 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1056 {
|
|
|
1057 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1058 }
|
|
|
1059 else
|
|
|
1060 {
|
|
|
1061 #if 0
|
|
|
1062 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
1063 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
1064 #endif
|
|
|
1065 }
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
1067 return error;
|
|
|
1068 }
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070
|
|
|
1071 /*
|
|
|
1072 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
1073 *
|
|
|
1074 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
1075 *
|
|
|
1076 */
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1079 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
1080 #endif
|
|
|
1081 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
1082 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
1083 {
|
|
|
1084 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1085 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
1086 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1087 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1088 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1089 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
1090 };
|
|
|
1091 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1092 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
1093 #endif
|
|
|
1094
|
|
|
1095 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
1096 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
1097 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
1098 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
1099 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
1100 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
1101 */
|
|
|
1102
|
|
9
|
1103 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1104 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1105 {
|
|
|
1106 /*
|
|
|
1107 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
1108 * a ":args"
|
|
|
1109 */
|
|
|
1110 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1111 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
1112 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
1113 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
1114 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
1115 long numFiles;
|
|
|
1116 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
1117 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
1118 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
1119 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
1120 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
1121 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
1122 long lnum;
|
|
|
1123
|
|
|
1124 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1125 printf("aevt_odoc:\n");
|
|
7
|
1126 #endif
|
|
|
1127
|
|
|
1128 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1129 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1130 if (error)
|
|
|
1131 {
|
|
|
1132 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1133 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamDesc error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
1134 #endif
|
|
|
1135 return(error);
|
|
|
1136 }
|
|
|
1137
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1140 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1141 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1142 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1143 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1144 if (error)
|
|
|
1145 {
|
|
|
1146 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1147 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
1148 #endif
|
|
|
1149 return(error);
|
|
|
1150 }
|
|
|
1151
|
|
|
1152 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1153 printf("aevt_odoc: lineNum: %d, startRange %d, endRange %d, [date %lx]\n",
|
|
7
|
1154 thePosition.lineNum, thePosition.startRange, thePosition.endRange,
|
|
|
1155 thePosition.theDate);
|
|
|
1156 #endif
|
|
|
1157 /*
|
|
|
1158 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
1160 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1161 {
|
|
|
1162 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1163 {
|
|
|
1164 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1165 }
|
|
|
1166 else
|
|
|
1167 {
|
|
|
1168 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1169 }
|
|
|
1170 }
|
|
|
1171 */
|
|
|
1172
|
|
|
1173
|
|
|
1174 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1175 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1176 #endif
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1179
|
|
|
1180 if (error)
|
|
|
1181 {
|
|
|
1182 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1183 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1184 return (error);
|
|
|
1185 }
|
|
|
1186
|
|
|
1187 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1188 {
|
|
|
1189 int i;
|
|
|
1190 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1191
|
|
|
1192 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1193 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1194 {
|
|
|
1195 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1196 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1197 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1198 else
|
|
|
1199 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
|
1200 }
|
|
|
1201 goto finished;
|
|
|
1202 }
|
|
|
1203
|
|
|
1204 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1205 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1206
|
|
|
1207 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1208 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1209 {
|
|
|
1210 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1211 {
|
|
|
1212 lnum = thePosition.lineNum;
|
|
|
1213 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1214 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1215 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1216 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1217 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1218 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1219 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1220 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1221 }
|
|
|
1222 else
|
|
|
1223 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1224 }
|
|
|
1225
|
|
|
1226 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1227 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
1228 setcursor();
|
|
|
1229 out_flush();
|
|
|
1230
|
|
|
1231 finished:
|
|
|
1232 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1233
|
|
9
|
1234 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1235 if (error)
|
|
|
1236 {
|
|
|
1237 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1238 printf("aevt_odoc: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
1239 #endif
|
|
|
1240 return(error);
|
|
|
1241 }
|
|
|
1242 return(error);
|
|
|
1243 }
|
|
|
1244
|
|
|
1245 /*
|
|
|
1246 *
|
|
|
1247 */
|
|
|
1248
|
|
9
|
1249 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1250 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1251 {
|
|
|
1252 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1255 printf("aevt_oapp:\n");
|
|
|
1256 #endif
|
|
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1259 if (error)
|
|
|
1260 {
|
|
|
1261 return(error);
|
|
|
1262 }
|
|
|
1263
|
|
|
1264 return(error);
|
|
|
1265 }
|
|
|
1266
|
|
|
1267 /*
|
|
|
1268 *
|
|
|
1269 */
|
|
|
1270
|
|
9
|
1271 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1272 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1273 {
|
|
|
1274 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1275
|
|
|
1276 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1277 printf("aevt_quit\n");
|
|
|
1278 #endif
|
|
|
1279
|
|
|
1280 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1281 if (error)
|
|
|
1282 {
|
|
|
1283 return(error);
|
|
|
1284 }
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1287 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 return(error);
|
|
|
1290 }
|
|
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 /*
|
|
|
1293 *
|
|
|
1294 */
|
|
|
1295
|
|
9
|
1296 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1297 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1298 {
|
|
|
1299 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1300
|
|
|
1301 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1302 printf("aevt_pdoc:\n");
|
|
|
1303 #endif
|
|
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1306 if (error)
|
|
|
1307 {
|
|
|
1308 return(error);
|
|
|
1309 }
|
|
|
1310
|
|
|
1311 return(error);
|
|
|
1312 }
|
|
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 /*
|
|
|
1315 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1316 *
|
|
|
1317 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1318 */
|
|
9
|
1319 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1320 Handle_unknown_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1321 {
|
|
|
1322 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1325 printf("Unknown Event: %x\n", theAEvent->descriptorType);
|
|
|
1326 #endif
|
|
|
1327
|
|
|
1328 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1329 if (error)
|
|
|
1330 {
|
|
|
1331 return(error);
|
|
|
1332 }
|
|
|
1333
|
|
|
1334 return(error);
|
|
|
1335 }
|
|
|
1336
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338
|
|
|
1339 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
1340 # define NewAEEventHandlerProc(x) NewAEEventHandlerUPP(x)
|
|
|
1341 #endif
|
|
|
1342
|
|
|
1343 /*
|
|
|
1344 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1345 */
|
|
9
|
1346 OSErr
|
|
|
1347 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1348 {
|
|
|
1349 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1350
|
|
|
1351 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1352 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
|
1353 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1354 if (error)
|
|
|
1355 {
|
|
|
1356 return error;
|
|
|
1357 }
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1360 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
|
1361 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1362 if (error)
|
|
|
1363 {
|
|
|
1364 return error;
|
|
|
1365 }
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1368 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
|
1369 NewAEEventHandlerProc(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1370 if (error)
|
|
|
1371 {
|
|
|
1372 return error;
|
|
|
1373 }
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1376 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
|
1377 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1380 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
|
1381 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
|
1384 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
|
1387 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1388
|
|
|
1389 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
|
1390 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
|
1393 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
|
1396 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1397
|
|
|
1398 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
|
1399 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
|
1402 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
|
1405 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
|
1408 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
|
1411 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1412
|
|
|
1413 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
|
1414 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
|
1417 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1418 */
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
1420 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1421 /*
|
|
|
1422 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1423 */
|
|
|
1424 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
|
1425 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1426 if (error)
|
|
|
1427 {
|
|
|
1428 return error;
|
|
|
1429 }
|
|
|
1430 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
|
1431 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1432 if (error)
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 return error;
|
|
|
1435 }
|
|
|
1436 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
|
1437 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1438 if (error)
|
|
|
1439 {
|
|
|
1440 return error;
|
|
|
1441 }
|
|
|
1442 #endif
|
|
|
1443
|
|
|
1444 return error;
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 }
|
|
|
1447 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1448
|
|
13
|
1449
|
|
|
1450 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
1451 /*
|
|
|
1452 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below,
|
|
|
1453 * to handle Font Panel events.
|
|
|
1454 */
|
|
|
1455 static OSStatus
|
|
|
1456 FontPanelHandler(EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, EventRef inEvent,
|
|
|
1457 void *inUserData)
|
|
|
1458 {
|
|
|
1459 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed)
|
|
|
1460 {
|
|
|
1461 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false;
|
|
|
1462 return noErr;
|
|
|
1463 }
|
|
|
1464
|
|
|
1465 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection)
|
|
|
1466 {
|
|
|
1467 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
1468 FMFontFamily newFamily;
|
|
|
1469 FMFontSize newSize;
|
|
|
1470 FMFontStyle newStyle;
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */
|
|
|
1473 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily,
|
|
|
1474 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1475 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1476 &newFamily);
|
|
|
1477 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1478 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily;
|
|
|
1479
|
|
|
1480 /* Retrieve the font size. */
|
|
|
1481 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize,
|
|
|
1482 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize);
|
|
|
1483 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1484 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize;
|
|
|
1485
|
|
|
1486 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */
|
|
|
1487 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle,
|
|
|
1488 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle);
|
|
|
1489 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1490 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle;
|
|
|
1491 }
|
|
|
1492 return noErr;
|
|
|
1493 }
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495
|
|
|
1496 static void
|
|
|
1497 InstallFontPanelHandler()
|
|
|
1498 {
|
|
|
1499 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2];
|
|
|
1500 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP;
|
|
|
1501 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1504 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection;
|
|
|
1505 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1506 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed;
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler);
|
|
|
1509
|
|
|
1510 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes,
|
|
|
1511 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL);
|
|
|
1512 }
|
|
|
1513
|
|
|
1514
|
|
|
1515 /*
|
|
|
1516 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size
|
|
|
1517 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel.
|
|
|
1518 */
|
|
|
1519 static void
|
|
|
1520 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u* outName)
|
|
|
1521 {
|
|
|
1522 Str255 buf;
|
|
|
1523 Boolean isBold = false, isItalic = false;
|
|
|
1524
|
|
|
1525 if (!outName)
|
|
|
1526 return;
|
|
|
1527
|
|
|
1528 (void)FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf);
|
|
|
1529 p2cstrcpy(outName, buf);
|
|
|
1530
|
|
|
1531 #if 0 /* TODO: enable when styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
1532 isBold = (gFontPanelInfo.style & bold);
|
|
|
1533 isItalic = (gFontPanelInfo.style & italic);
|
|
|
1534 #endif
|
|
|
1535
|
|
|
1536 sprintf(&outName[buf[0]], ":h%d%s%s", gFontPanelInfo.size,
|
|
|
1537 (isBold ? ":b" : ""), (isItalic ? ":i" : ""));
|
|
|
1538 }
|
|
|
1539 #endif
|
|
|
1540
|
|
|
1541
|
|
7
|
1542 /*
|
|
|
1543 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1544 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1545 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1546 */
|
|
|
1547
|
|
|
1548 /*
|
|
|
1549 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1550 *
|
|
|
1551 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1552 */
|
|
|
1553 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
9
|
1554 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1555 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1556 {
|
|
|
1557 short index;
|
|
|
1558 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1559 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1560
|
|
|
1561 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1562 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1563 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1564 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1565 *
|
|
|
1566 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1567 */
|
|
|
1568 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1569 {
|
|
|
1570 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1571 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1572 index = 1;
|
|
|
1573 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1574 {
|
|
|
1575 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1576 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1577 index++;
|
|
|
1578 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1579 }
|
|
|
1580 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1581 /* Adjust index in help menu (for predefined ones) */
|
|
|
1582 if (itemIndex != -1)
|
|
|
1583 if (pMenu->parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1584 itemIndex += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1585 #endif
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1588 }
|
|
|
1589
|
|
|
1590 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
9
|
1591 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menuID, itemIndex, pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1592 short menuID;
|
|
|
1593 short itemIndex;
|
|
|
1594 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1595 {
|
|
|
1596 short index;
|
|
|
1597 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1598 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1599
|
|
|
1600
|
|
|
1601 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1602 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1603 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1604 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1605 *
|
|
|
1606 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1607 */
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1610 {
|
|
|
1611 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1612 if (menuID == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1613 itemIndex -= gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1614 #endif
|
|
|
1615
|
|
|
1616 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1617 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1618 }
|
|
|
1619 else
|
|
|
1620 {
|
|
|
1621 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1622 {
|
|
|
1623 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1624 {
|
|
|
1625 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1626 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1627 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1628 {
|
|
|
1629 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1630 break;
|
|
|
1631 }
|
|
|
1632 }
|
|
|
1633 }
|
|
|
1634 }
|
|
|
1635 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1636 }
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 /*
|
|
|
1639 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1640 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1641 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1642 */
|
|
|
1643 pascal
|
|
|
1644 void
|
|
9
|
1645 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1646 {
|
|
|
1647 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1648 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1649 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1650 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1653
|
|
9
|
1654 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1657 return;
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1660 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1661 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1662
|
|
|
1663 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1664 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1665 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1666 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1667 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1668 }
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 pascal
|
|
|
1671 void
|
|
9
|
1672 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1673 {
|
|
|
1674 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1675 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1676 long data;
|
|
|
1677 long value;
|
|
|
1678 int page;
|
|
|
1679 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1680 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1681
|
|
9
|
1682 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1683
|
|
|
1684 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1685 return;
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1688 {
|
|
|
1689 /*
|
|
|
1690 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1691 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1692 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1693 */
|
|
|
1694 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1695
|
|
|
1696 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1697 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1698 else
|
|
|
1699 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1700 }
|
|
|
1701 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1702 {
|
|
|
1703 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1704 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1705 }
|
|
|
1706
|
|
|
1707 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1708 {
|
|
|
1709 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1710 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1711 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1712 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1713 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1714 }
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1717 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1718 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1719 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1720 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1721
|
|
|
1722 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1723 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1724 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1725 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1726 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 out_flush();
|
|
|
1729 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1730
|
|
|
1731 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1732 {
|
|
|
1733 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1734 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
1736 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1737 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1738 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1739
|
|
|
1740 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1741 {
|
|
|
1742 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1743 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1744 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1745 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1746 }
|
|
|
1747 }*/
|
|
|
1748 }
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 /*
|
|
|
1751 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1752 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1753 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1754 */
|
|
|
1755
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 /*
|
|
|
1758 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1759 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1760 *
|
|
|
1761 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1762 */
|
|
|
1763 void
|
|
9
|
1764 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1765 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
1766 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1767 {
|
|
|
1768 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1769 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1770 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1771 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1772 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1773 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1776 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1777 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1782 {
|
|
|
1783 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1784
|
|
|
1785 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1786 {
|
|
|
1787 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1788 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1789 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1790 }
|
|
|
1791 else
|
|
|
1792 {
|
|
|
1793 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1794 #if 1
|
|
|
1795 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1796 #else
|
|
|
1797 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1798 #endif
|
|
|
1799 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1800 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1801 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1802 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1803 }
|
|
|
1804 }
|
|
|
1805 else
|
|
|
1806 {
|
|
|
1807 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1810 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1811
|
|
|
1812 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1813 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1814
|
|
|
1815 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1816 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
|
1817 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 if ((gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu) && (mouse_model_popup()))
|
|
|
1820 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1821 {
|
|
|
1822 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1823 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1824 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1825 }
|
|
|
1826 #endif
|
|
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1829 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 /* Send the mouse clicj to Vim */
|
|
|
1832 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1833 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1834
|
|
|
1835 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1836 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1837 */
|
|
|
1838 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1839 #if 0
|
|
|
1840 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1841 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1842 */
|
|
|
1843 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1844 #endif
|
|
|
1845 #endif
|
|
|
1846 {
|
|
9
|
1847 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1848 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1849 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1850 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1851
|
|
|
1852 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1853 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1854 }
|
|
|
1855 }
|
|
|
1856 }
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858 /*
|
|
|
1859 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1860 */
|
|
|
1861 void
|
|
9
|
1862 gui_mac_doInDragClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1863 Point where;
|
|
|
1864 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1865 {
|
|
|
1866 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1867 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1868
|
|
|
1869 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
|
1870 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
1871 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
7
|
1872 #else
|
|
|
1873 movingLimitsPtr = &(*GetGrayRgn())->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
1874 #endif
|
|
9
|
1875 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1876 }
|
|
|
1877
|
|
|
1878 /*
|
|
|
1879 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
1880 */
|
|
|
1881 void
|
|
|
1882 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
|
1883 Point where;
|
|
|
1884 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1885 {
|
|
|
1886
|
|
|
1887 long newSize;
|
|
|
1888 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
1889 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
1890 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1891 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1892 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1893 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
1894
|
|
9
|
1895 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
1896 #else
|
|
|
1897 resizeLimits = qd.screenBits.bounds;
|
|
|
1898 #endif
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 /* Set the minimun size */
|
|
|
1901 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
1902 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
1903 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
1904
|
|
|
1905 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1906 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
1907 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
1908 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
1909 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1910 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1911 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1912 #else
|
|
|
1913 newSize = GrowWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits);
|
|
|
1914 if (newSize != 0)
|
|
|
1915 {
|
|
|
1916 newWidth = newSize & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
1917 newHeight = (newSize >> 16) & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1922
|
|
|
1923 /*
|
|
|
1924 * We need to call gui_set_shellsize as the size
|
|
|
1925 * used by Vim may be smaller than the size selected
|
|
|
1926 * by the user. This cause some overhead
|
|
|
1927 * TODO: add a check inside gui_resize_shell?
|
|
|
1928 */
|
|
|
1929 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 /*
|
|
|
1932 * Origin of the code below is unknown.
|
|
|
1933 * Functionality is unknown.
|
|
|
1934 * Time of commented out is unknown.
|
|
|
1935 */
|
|
|
1936 /* SetPort(wp);
|
|
|
1937 InvalRect(&wp->portRect);
|
|
|
1938 if (isUserWindow(wp)) {
|
|
|
1939 DrawingWindowPeek aWindow = (DrawingWindowPeek)wp;
|
|
|
1940
|
|
|
1941 if (aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc)
|
|
|
1942 CallToolWindowResizedProc(aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc, wp);
|
|
|
1943 }*/
|
|
|
1944 };
|
|
|
1945 #endif
|
|
|
1946
|
|
|
1947 }
|
|
|
1948
|
|
|
1949 /*
|
|
|
1950 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
1951 */
|
|
|
1952 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1953 static void
|
|
|
1954 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
|
1955 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
1956 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1957 {
|
|
|
1958 Rect r;
|
|
|
1959 Point p;
|
|
|
1960 short thePart;
|
|
|
1961
|
|
|
1962 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
1963 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1964 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
1965 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1966 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
1967 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1968 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
1969 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
1970
|
|
|
1971 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
1972 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
1974 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
1975 return;
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
1978 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
1979 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
1980 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1981 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
1982 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1983 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
1984 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
1985 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
1986 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
1990 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
1991 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
1992 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1993 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1994 }
|
|
|
1995 #endif /* defined(USE_CARBONIZED) */
|
|
|
1996
|
|
|
1997 /*
|
|
|
1998 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1999 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
2000 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2001 */
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 /*
|
|
|
2004 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
2005 */
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007 void
|
|
|
2008 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event)
|
|
|
2009 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2010 {
|
|
|
2011 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2012 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
2013 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
2014 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2015 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
2016 #endif
|
|
|
2017 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
2018 Rect rc;
|
|
|
2019 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
2020 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022
|
|
|
2023 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2024 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2025 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
2026 return;
|
|
|
2027 #endif
|
|
|
2028
|
|
|
2029 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
2030 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
2031 */
|
|
|
2032 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
2035 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
2036
|
|
|
2037 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
|
2038 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2039 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2040 #else
|
|
9
|
2041 SetPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2042 #endif
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
2045 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2046 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
2047 * to be updated.
|
|
|
2048 */
|
|
|
2049 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2050 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
2051 # if 0
|
|
|
2052 /* Would be more appropriate to use the follwing but doesn't
|
|
|
2053 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
2054 */
|
|
|
2055 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
2056 # endif
|
|
|
2057 #else
|
|
|
2058 updateRgn = whichWindow->visRgn;
|
|
|
2059 #endif
|
|
|
2060 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
2061 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2062 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2063 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
2064 # if 0
|
|
|
2065 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
2066 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
2067 */
|
|
|
2068 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
2069 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
2070 # endif
|
|
|
2071 #else
|
|
|
2072 updateRectPtr = &(*updateRgn)->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
2073 #endif
|
|
|
2074 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
2075 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
2076 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
2077 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
2078 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
2079 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2080 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
2081 {
|
|
9
|
2082 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
2083 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2084 }
|
|
|
2085 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
2086 {
|
|
9
|
2087 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
2088 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2089 }
|
|
|
2090 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
2091 {
|
|
9
|
2092 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
2093 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
2094 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2095 }
|
|
|
2096 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
2097 {
|
|
9
|
2098 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
2099 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
2100 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2101 }
|
|
9
|
2102 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2103 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2104 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2105 #endif
|
|
|
2106
|
|
|
2107 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
2108 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2109
|
|
|
2110 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
2111 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
2112 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2113 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2114 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
|
2115 #else
|
|
|
2116 growRect = whichWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
2117 growRect.top = growRect.bottom - 15;
|
|
|
2118 growRect.left = growRect.right - 15;
|
|
|
2119 #endif
|
|
9
|
2120 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2121 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
2122 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
2123 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2124 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2125 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2126
|
|
|
2127 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
2128 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
2129 }
|
|
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 /*
|
|
|
2132 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
2133 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
2134 */
|
|
|
2135 void
|
|
|
2136 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event)
|
|
|
2137 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2138 {
|
|
|
2139 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
2142 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
2143 /* Activate */
|
|
|
2144 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2145 else
|
|
|
2146 {
|
|
|
2147 /* Deactivate */
|
|
|
2148 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2149 /* DON'T KNOW what the code below was doing
|
|
|
2150 found in the deactivate clause, but the
|
|
|
2151 clause writting TRUE into in_focus (BUG)
|
|
|
2152 */
|
|
|
2153
|
|
|
2154 #if 0 /* Removed by Dany as per above June 2001 */
|
|
|
2155 a_bool = false;
|
|
9
|
2156 SetPreserveGlyph(a_bool);
|
|
|
2157 SetOutlinePreferred(a_bool);
|
|
7
|
2158 #endif
|
|
|
2159 }
|
|
|
2160 }
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 /*
|
|
|
2164 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
2165 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
2166 */
|
|
|
2167 void
|
|
|
2168 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event)
|
|
|
2169 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2170 {
|
|
|
2171 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
2174 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
2175 */
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
|
2178 * get an activate/desactivate event
|
|
|
2179 */
|
|
|
2180 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
2181 /* Resume */
|
|
|
2182 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2183 else
|
|
|
2184 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
2185 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2186 }
|
|
|
2187
|
|
|
2188 /*
|
|
|
2189 * Handle the key
|
|
|
2190 */
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
2192 void
|
|
|
2193 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2194 {
|
|
|
2195 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2196 long menu;
|
|
|
2197 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2198 short num, i;
|
|
|
2199 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2200 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2201 int key_char;
|
|
|
2202 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2203
|
|
|
2204 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2205 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2206 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2209 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2210 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2211 num = 1;
|
|
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2214 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2215 {
|
|
7
|
2216 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2217 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2218 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2219 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2220 {
|
|
|
2221 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2222 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2223 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2224 else
|
|
|
2225 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2226 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2227 }
|
|
|
2228 }
|
|
7
|
2229
|
|
|
2230 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2231 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2232 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2233 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2234
|
|
|
2235 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2236 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2237 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2238 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2239 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2240 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2241 {
|
|
|
2242 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2243 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2244 {
|
|
|
2245 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2246 return;
|
|
|
2247 }
|
|
|
2248 }
|
|
|
2249
|
|
|
2250 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2251 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2252
|
|
|
2253
|
|
|
2254 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2255 #if 0
|
|
|
2256 /* Why have this been removed? */
|
|
|
2257 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2258 #endif
|
|
|
2259 {
|
|
|
2260 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2261 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2262 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2263 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2264 {
|
|
|
2265 # if 0
|
|
|
2266 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2267 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2268 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2269 else
|
|
|
2270 # endif
|
|
9
|
2271 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2272 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
7
|
2273 key_char = simplify_key(key_char,&modifiers);
|
|
|
2274 break;
|
|
|
2275 }
|
|
|
2276 }
|
|
|
2277
|
|
|
2278
|
|
|
2279 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2280 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2281 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2282 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2283 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2284 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2285 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2286 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2287 {
|
|
|
2288 #if 1
|
|
|
2289 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2290 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2291 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2292 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2293 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2294 #else
|
|
9
|
2295 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2296 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2297 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2298 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2299 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2300 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2301 #endif
|
|
|
2302 }
|
|
9
|
2303 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2304 {
|
|
9
|
2305 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2306 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2307 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2308 }
|
|
|
2309
|
|
9
|
2310 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2311 {
|
|
9
|
2312 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2313 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2314 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2315 }
|
|
|
2316 else
|
|
|
2317 {
|
|
|
2318 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2319 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2320 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2321 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2322 {
|
|
|
2323 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2324 int l;
|
|
|
2325
|
|
|
2326 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2327 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2328 l = 1;
|
|
|
2329 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2330 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2331 {
|
|
|
2332 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2333 {
|
|
|
2334 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2335 {
|
|
|
2336 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2337 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2338 }
|
|
|
2339 else
|
|
|
2340 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2341 }
|
|
|
2342 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2343 }
|
|
|
2344 else
|
|
|
2345 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2346 }
|
|
|
2347 else
|
|
|
2348 #endif
|
|
|
2349 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2350 }
|
|
|
2351
|
|
|
2352 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2353 {
|
|
|
2354 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2355 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2356 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2357 }
|
|
|
2358
|
|
|
2359 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2360 }
|
|
|
2361
|
|
|
2362 /*
|
|
|
2363 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2364 */
|
|
|
2365 void
|
|
9
|
2366 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2367 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2368 {
|
|
|
2369 short thePart;
|
|
|
2370 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2371
|
|
9
|
2372 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2375 {
|
|
|
2376 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2377 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2378 break;
|
|
|
2379
|
|
|
2380 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2381 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2382 break;
|
|
|
2383
|
|
|
2384 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2385 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2386 break;
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2389 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2390 break;
|
|
|
2391
|
|
|
2392 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2393 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2394 break;
|
|
|
2395
|
|
|
2396 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2397 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2398 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2399 break;
|
|
|
2400
|
|
|
2401 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2402 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2403 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2404 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2405 #endif
|
|
|
2406 break;
|
|
|
2407 }
|
|
|
2408 }
|
|
|
2409
|
|
|
2410 /*
|
|
|
2411 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2412 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2413 */
|
|
|
2414 void
|
|
9
|
2415 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event)
|
|
7
|
2416 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2417 {
|
|
|
2418 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2419 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2422 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2423 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2426 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2427 else
|
|
|
2428 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2429 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2430 #endif
|
|
|
2431 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2432 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2433
|
|
|
2434 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2435 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2436 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2437 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2438 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2439
|
|
|
2440 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2441 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2442
|
|
|
2443 }
|
|
|
2444
|
|
|
2445 /*
|
|
|
2446 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2447 */
|
|
|
2448 void
|
|
9
|
2449 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2450 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2451 {
|
|
|
2452 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2453 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2454
|
|
|
2455 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2456 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2457 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2458 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2459 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2460 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2461 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2462
|
|
|
2463 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2464 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2465 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2466 {
|
|
|
2467 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2468 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2469 }
|
|
|
2470 #endif
|
|
9
|
2471 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2472 }
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
2475 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2476 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2477 void *data)
|
|
|
2478 {
|
|
|
2479 EventRef bogusEvent;
|
|
|
2480 Point point;
|
|
|
2481 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2482 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2483 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2484 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
|
2485
|
|
|
2486 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2487 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2488 goto bail;
|
|
|
2489 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2490 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2491 goto bail;
|
|
|
2492 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2493 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2494 goto bail;
|
|
|
2495
|
|
|
2496 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2497 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2498 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2499 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2500 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2501 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2502 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2503
|
|
|
2504 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2505 if (noErr != CreateEvent(NULL, kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseMoved, 0,
|
|
|
2506 kEventAttributeNone, &bogusEvent))
|
|
|
2507 goto bail;
|
|
|
2508 if (noErr != PostEventToQueue(GetMainEventQueue(), bogusEvent,
|
|
|
2509 kEventPriorityLow))
|
|
|
2510 goto bail;
|
|
|
2511
|
|
|
2512 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2513 {
|
|
|
2514 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2515 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2516 }
|
|
|
2517
|
|
|
2518 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2519 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2520
|
|
|
2521 return noErr;
|
|
|
2522
|
|
|
2523 bail:
|
|
|
2524 /*
|
|
|
2525 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2526 * it's actions
|
|
|
2527 */
|
|
|
2528 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2529 }
|
|
|
2530 #endif /* defined(USE_MOUSEWHEEL) */
|
|
|
2531
|
|
|
2532 #if 0
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 /*
|
|
|
2535 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2536 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2537 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2538 */
|
|
|
2539 void
|
|
|
2540 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2541 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2542 {
|
|
|
2543 /*
|
|
|
2544 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2545 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2546 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2547 */
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2550 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2551
|
|
|
2552 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2553 return;
|
|
|
2554
|
|
|
2555 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2556 {
|
|
|
2557 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2558 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2559 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2560 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2561 }
|
|
|
2562 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2563 {
|
|
|
2564 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2565 }
|
|
|
2566
|
|
|
2567 }
|
|
|
2568 #endif
|
|
|
2569
|
|
|
2570 /*
|
|
|
2571 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2572 */
|
|
|
2573 void
|
|
|
2574 gui_mac_handle_menu(menuChoice)
|
|
|
2575 long menuChoice;
|
|
|
2576 {
|
|
|
2577 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2578 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2579 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2580 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2581 MenuHandle appleMenu;
|
|
|
2582 Str255 itemName;
|
|
|
2583 #endif
|
|
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2586 {
|
|
|
2587 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2588 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2589 else
|
|
|
2590 {
|
|
|
2591 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2592 /* Desk Accessory doesn't exist in Carbon */
|
|
9
|
2593 appleMenu = GetMenuHandle(menu);
|
|
|
2594 GetMenuItemText(appleMenu, item, itemName);
|
|
|
2595 (void) OpenDeskAcc(itemName);
|
|
7
|
2596 #endif
|
|
|
2597 }
|
|
|
2598 }
|
|
|
2599 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2600 {
|
|
|
2601 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2602
|
|
|
2603 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2604 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2605 }
|
|
9
|
2606 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2607 }
|
|
|
2608
|
|
|
2609 /*
|
|
|
2610 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2611 */
|
|
|
2612
|
|
|
2613 void
|
|
9
|
2614 gui_mac_handle_event(event)
|
|
7
|
2615 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2616 {
|
|
|
2617 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2618
|
|
|
2619 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
|
2620 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2621 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2622 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2623 {
|
|
|
2624 # if 0
|
|
|
2625 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
|
2626 # else
|
|
|
2627 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2628 # endif
|
|
|
2629 return;
|
|
|
2630 }
|
|
|
2631 #endif
|
|
|
2632
|
|
|
2633 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2634 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2635 {
|
|
|
2636 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2637 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2638 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2639 break;
|
|
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 case (keyUp):
|
|
|
2642 /* We don't care about when the key get release */
|
|
|
2643 break;
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
2645 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2646 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2647 break;
|
|
|
2648
|
|
|
2649 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2650 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2651 break;
|
|
|
2652
|
|
|
2653 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2654 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2655 break;
|
|
|
2656
|
|
|
2657 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2658 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2659 break;
|
|
|
2660
|
|
|
2661 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2662 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2663 break;
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2666 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2667 {
|
|
|
2668 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2669 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2670 break;
|
|
|
2671 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2672 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2673 break;
|
|
|
2674 }
|
|
|
2675 break;
|
|
|
2676
|
|
|
2677 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2678 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2679 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2680 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2681 break;
|
|
|
2682 #endif
|
|
|
2683 }
|
|
|
2684 }
|
|
|
2685
|
|
|
2686 /*
|
|
|
2687 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2688 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2689 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2690 */
|
|
|
2691
|
|
|
2692
|
|
|
2693 GuiFont
|
|
9
|
2694 gui_mac_find_font(font_name)
|
|
7
|
2695 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
2696 {
|
|
|
2697 char_u c;
|
|
|
2698 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2699 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
2700 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
2701 short font_id;
|
|
|
2702 short size=9;
|
|
|
2703 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
2704 #if 0
|
|
|
2705 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
2706 #endif
|
|
|
2707
|
|
|
2708 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
2709 ;
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 c = *p;
|
|
|
2712 *p = 0;
|
|
|
2713
|
|
|
2714 #if 1
|
|
|
2715 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
2716 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
2717 *p = c;
|
|
|
2718
|
|
9
|
2719 GetFNum(pFontName, &font_id);
|
|
13
|
2720
|
|
|
2721 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2722 {
|
|
|
2723 /*
|
|
|
2724 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name
|
|
|
2725 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used
|
|
|
2726 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't).
|
|
|
2727 */
|
|
|
2728 int i, changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
2729
|
|
|
2730 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
2731 {
|
|
|
2732 if (pFontName[i] == '_')
|
|
|
2733 {
|
|
|
2734 pFontName[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
2735 changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
2736 }
|
|
|
2737 }
|
|
|
2738 if (changed)
|
|
|
2739 GetFNum(pFontName, &font_id);
|
|
|
2740 }
|
|
|
2741
|
|
7
|
2742 #else
|
|
|
2743 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
2744 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
2745
|
|
9
|
2746 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
2747 #endif
|
|
|
2748
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2751 {
|
|
|
2752 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
2753
|
|
9
|
2754 GetFontName(0, systemFontname);
|
|
7
|
2755 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
2756 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
2757 }
|
|
|
2758 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2759 {
|
|
|
2760 p++;
|
|
|
2761 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
2762 while (*p)
|
|
|
2763 {
|
|
|
2764 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
2765 {
|
|
|
2766 case 'h':
|
|
|
2767 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
2768 break;
|
|
|
2769 /*
|
|
|
2770 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
2771 */
|
|
|
2772 }
|
|
|
2773 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2774 p++;
|
|
|
2775 }
|
|
|
2776 }
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
2779 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
2780
|
|
|
2781 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
2782
|
|
|
2783 return font;
|
|
|
2784 }
|
|
|
2785
|
|
|
2786 /*
|
|
|
2787 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2788 * GUI_MCH functionnality
|
|
|
2789 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2790 */
|
|
|
2791
|
|
|
2792 /*
|
|
|
2793 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
2794 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
2795 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
2796 */
|
|
|
2797 void
|
|
|
2798 gui_mch_prepare(argc, argv)
|
|
|
2799 int *argc;
|
|
|
2800 char **argv;
|
|
|
2801 {
|
|
|
2802 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2803 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2804 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
2805 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
2806 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
2807 long applDirID;
|
|
|
2808 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
2809 # else
|
|
|
2810 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
2811 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
2812 # endif
|
|
|
2813 #endif
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2816 MaxApplZone(); /* What could replace thos */
|
|
|
2817 /* In Carbon, all shared library are automatically load in
|
|
|
2818 * there's no need to init them
|
|
|
2819 */
|
|
|
2820 InitGraf(&qd.thePort);
|
|
|
2821 InitFonts();
|
|
|
2822 InitWindows();
|
|
|
2823 InitMenus();
|
|
|
2824 TEInit();
|
|
|
2825 InitDialogs(nil);
|
|
|
2826 #else
|
|
|
2827 /* Why did I put that in? (Dany) */
|
|
|
2828 MoreMasterPointers (0x40 * 3); /* we love handles */
|
|
|
2829 #endif
|
|
|
2830
|
|
|
2831 #if 0
|
|
|
2832 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2833
|
|
|
2834 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2835 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2836 #endif
|
|
|
2837
|
|
|
2838 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2839 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2840 #endif
|
|
|
2841
|
|
|
2842 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2843 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
2844 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
2845 else
|
|
|
2846 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2849 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
2850 #endif
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
2853 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
2854 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
2855 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
2856 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
2857 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
2858 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
2859 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
2860 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
2861 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
2862 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
2863 #endif
|
|
|
2864
|
|
|
2865 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2866
|
|
|
2867 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
2868 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2869 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
2870 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
2871 #endif
|
|
|
2872
|
|
|
2873 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2874
|
|
|
2875 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877
|
|
|
2878 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2879 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2880 #else
|
|
9
|
2881 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2882 #endif
|
|
|
2883
|
|
|
2884
|
|
|
2885 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2886 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
2887 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
2888 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2889 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2890 #else
|
|
|
2891 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, documentProc,
|
|
|
2892 (WindowPtr) -1L, false, 0);
|
|
|
2893 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2894 #endif
|
|
|
2895
|
|
|
2896 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2897 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2898 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2899 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2900 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2901 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2902
|
|
|
2903 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
2904 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2905 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2906 #else
|
|
9
|
2907 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2908 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2909 #endif
|
|
|
2910
|
|
|
2911 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
2912 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
2913 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2914 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
2915 # else
|
|
|
2916 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
2917 # endif
|
|
|
2918
|
|
|
2919 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
2920 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
2921 else
|
|
|
2922 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
2923 #endif
|
|
|
2924
|
|
|
2925 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2926 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
2927 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2928 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2929 #endif
|
|
|
2930 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2931 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
2932 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
2933 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
2934 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
2935 # else
|
|
|
2936 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
2937 * of TN2015
|
|
|
2938 * This technic remove the ../Contents/MacOS/etc part
|
|
|
2939 */
|
|
9
|
2940 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
2941 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2942
|
|
9
|
2943 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
2944 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2945
|
|
9
|
2946 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
2947
|
|
|
2948 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
2949 # endif
|
|
9
|
2950 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
2951 #endif
|
|
|
2952
|
|
|
2953 #ifdef USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
2954 _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
2955 _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
2956 #endif
|
|
|
2957 }
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
2960 /*
|
|
|
2961 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
2962 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2963 */
|
|
|
2964 int
|
|
|
2965 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
2966 {
|
|
|
2967 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
2968 * using the >console
|
|
|
2969 */
|
|
|
2970 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
2971 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2972 return OK;
|
|
|
2973 }
|
|
|
2974 #endif
|
|
|
2975
|
|
|
2976 static OSErr
|
|
|
2977 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void* handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
|
2978 {
|
|
|
2979 int x, y;
|
|
|
2980 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
2981 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
2982 int count;
|
|
|
2983 int i, j;
|
|
|
2984
|
|
|
2985 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
2986 {
|
|
|
2987 Point point;
|
|
|
2988 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
2989 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
2992 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
2993 x = point.h;
|
|
|
2994 y = point.v;
|
|
|
2995 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2996 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2997 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
2998 count = countItem;
|
|
|
2999 }
|
|
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3002 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
3003 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
3004
|
|
|
3005 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
3006 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
3007 {
|
|
|
3008 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
3009 OSErr err;
|
|
|
3010 Size size;
|
|
|
3011 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
3012 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
3013
|
|
|
3014 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
3015 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
3016 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
3017 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
3018 continue;
|
|
|
3019 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
3020 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
3021 continue;
|
|
|
3022 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
3023 }
|
|
|
3024 count = j;
|
|
|
3025
|
|
|
3026 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
|
3027 return noErr;
|
|
|
3028 }
|
|
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 /*
|
|
|
3031 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
3032 * etc.
|
|
|
3033 */
|
|
|
3034 int
|
|
|
3035 gui_mch_init()
|
|
|
3036 {
|
|
|
3037 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
3038 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
3039 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
|
3040 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3041 long gestalt_rc;
|
|
|
3042 #endif
|
|
|
3043 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3044 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
|
3045 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
|
3046 #endif
|
|
|
3047 #if 1
|
|
|
3048 InitCursor();
|
|
|
3049
|
|
|
3050 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3051 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
3052 #endif
|
|
|
3053
|
|
|
3054 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
3055 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
3056 #endif
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3059 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
3060 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
3061 else
|
|
|
3062 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
3063
|
|
|
3064 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
3065 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
3066 #endif
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
3069 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
3070 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
3071 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
3072 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
3073 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
3074 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
3075 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
3076 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
3077 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
3078 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
3079 #endif
|
|
|
3080
|
|
|
3081 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
3082
|
|
|
3083 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
3084 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3085 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
3086 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
3087 #endif
|
|
|
3088
|
|
|
3089 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
3090
|
|
|
3091 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3092
|
|
|
3093
|
|
|
3094 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3095 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3096 #else
|
|
9
|
3097 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3098 #endif
|
|
|
3099
|
|
|
3100 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
3101 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3102 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
3103 #else
|
|
|
3104 documentProc,
|
|
|
3105 #endif
|
|
|
3106 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
|
3107 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
3108 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
|
3109 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3110 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3111 #else
|
|
|
3112 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3113 #endif
|
|
|
3114
|
|
|
3115 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3116 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3117 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3118 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3119 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3120 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3121
|
|
|
3122 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
3123 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3124 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3125 #else
|
|
9
|
3126 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3127 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3128 #endif
|
|
|
3129
|
|
13
|
3130 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3131 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */
|
|
|
3132 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler();
|
|
|
3133 #endif
|
|
|
3134
|
|
7
|
3135 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
3136 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
3137 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3138 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
3139 # else
|
|
|
3140 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
3141 # endif
|
|
|
3142
|
|
|
3143 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
3144 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
3145 else
|
|
|
3146 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
3147 #endif
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3150 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3151 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3152 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3153 #endif
|
|
|
3154 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
3155 display_errors();
|
|
|
3156
|
|
|
3157 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
|
3158 /* TODO: do the approriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
|
3159 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3160 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3161
|
|
|
3162 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3163 * file). */
|
|
|
3164 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3165
|
|
|
3166 /*
|
|
|
3167 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3168 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3169 */
|
|
|
3170 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3171 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3172 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3173
|
|
|
3174 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3175 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3176 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 /*
|
|
|
3179 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3180 */
|
|
|
3181 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3182 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3183 #endif
|
|
|
3184 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3185 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3186
|
|
|
3187 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3188 /* If Quartz-style text antialiasing is available (see
|
|
|
3189 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3190 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
|
3191 #endif
|
|
|
3192
|
|
|
3193 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3194 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3195 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3196 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3197 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3198 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3199 {
|
|
|
3200 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3201 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3202 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3203 }
|
|
|
3204 #endif
|
|
|
3205
|
|
|
3206 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3207 set_option_value((char_u *)"termencoding", 0L, (char_u *)"macroman", 0);
|
|
|
3208 #endif
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3211 return OK;
|
|
|
3212 }
|
|
|
3213
|
|
|
3214 /*
|
|
|
3215 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3216 */
|
|
|
3217 void
|
|
|
3218 gui_mch_new_colors()
|
|
|
3219 {
|
|
|
3220 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3221 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3222 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3223 */
|
|
|
3224 }
|
|
|
3225
|
|
|
3226 /*
|
|
|
3227 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3228 */
|
|
|
3229 int
|
|
|
3230 gui_mch_open()
|
|
|
3231 {
|
|
|
3232 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3233
|
|
|
3234 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3235 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3238 /*
|
|
|
3239 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3240 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3241 */
|
|
|
3242 {
|
|
|
3243 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3244 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3245 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3246 }
|
|
|
3247 #endif
|
|
|
3248
|
|
|
3249 return OK;
|
|
|
3250 }
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 void
|
|
|
3253 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3254 {
|
|
|
3255 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3256 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3259 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3260 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3261 #endif
|
|
|
3262
|
|
|
3263 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3264 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3265 }
|
|
|
3266
|
|
|
3267 /*
|
|
|
3268 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3269 */
|
|
|
3270 int
|
|
|
3271 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3272 {
|
|
|
3273 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3274 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3275 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3276 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3277
|
|
|
3278 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3279 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3280
|
|
|
3281 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3282 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3283 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3284 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3285 return OK;
|
|
|
3286 #endif
|
|
|
3287 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3288 }
|
|
|
3289
|
|
|
3290 /*
|
|
|
3291 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3292 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3293 */
|
|
|
3294 void
|
|
|
3295 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3296 {
|
|
|
3297 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3298 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3299 */
|
|
|
3300 MoveWindow(gui.VimWindow, x, y, TRUE);
|
|
|
3301 }
|
|
|
3302
|
|
|
3303 void
|
|
|
3304 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3305 int width,
|
|
|
3306 int height,
|
|
|
3307 int min_width,
|
|
|
3308 int min_height,
|
|
|
3309 int base_width,
|
|
|
3310 int base_height)
|
|
|
3311 {
|
|
|
3312 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3313 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3314 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3315 #endif
|
|
|
3316
|
|
|
3317 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3318 {
|
|
|
3319 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3320 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3321 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3322 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3323 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3324 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3325 #else
|
|
|
3326 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
|
3327 /* SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3328 #endif
|
|
|
3329 }
|
|
|
3330 else
|
|
|
3331 {
|
|
|
3332 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3333 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3334 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3335 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3336 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3337 #else
|
|
|
3338 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = 0;
|
|
|
3339 #endif;
|
|
|
3340 }
|
|
|
3341
|
|
|
3342 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3343
|
|
|
3344 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3345 }
|
|
|
3346
|
|
|
3347 /*
|
|
|
3348 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3349 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3350 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
|
3351 * TODO: Add live udate of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
|
3352 */
|
|
|
3353 void
|
|
|
3354 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(screen_w, screen_h)
|
|
|
3355 int *screen_w;
|
|
|
3356 int *screen_h;
|
|
|
3357 {
|
|
|
3358 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3359 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3360
|
|
|
3361 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3362 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3363 }
|
|
|
3364
|
|
|
3365
|
|
13
|
3366 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3367 /*
|
|
|
3368 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and
|
|
|
3369 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with
|
|
|
3370 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle,
|
|
|
3371 * or NOFONT in case of an error.
|
|
|
3372 */
|
|
|
3373 static GuiFont
|
|
|
3374 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
|
3375 {
|
|
|
3376 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
3377 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3378 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font;
|
|
|
3379
|
|
|
3380 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */
|
|
|
3381 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3382 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16);
|
|
|
3383 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
3384 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0;
|
|
|
3385 curr_font.hasColor = false;
|
|
|
3386 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */
|
|
|
3387 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType,
|
|
|
3388 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3389
|
|
|
3390 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily;
|
|
|
3391 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle;
|
|
|
3392 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size;
|
|
|
3393
|
|
|
3394 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */
|
|
|
3395 status = FPShowHideFontPanel();
|
|
|
3396 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
3397 {
|
|
|
3398 /*
|
|
|
3399 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal,
|
|
|
3400 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed.
|
|
|
3401 */
|
|
|
3402 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true;
|
|
|
3403 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible)
|
|
|
3404 {
|
|
|
3405 EventRecord e;
|
|
|
3406 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3407 }
|
|
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name);
|
|
|
3410 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3411 }
|
|
|
3412 return selected_font;
|
|
|
3413 }
|
|
|
3414 #endif
|
|
|
3415
|
|
7
|
3416
|
|
|
3417 /*
|
|
|
3418 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3419 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3420 */
|
|
|
3421 int
|
|
|
3422 gui_mch_init_font(font_name, fontset)
|
|
|
3423 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
3424 int fontset; /* not used */
|
|
|
3425 {
|
|
|
3426 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3427 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
|
3428 int suggestedSize = 9;
|
|
|
3429 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3430 short font_id;
|
|
|
3431 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3432
|
|
|
3433 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3434 {
|
|
|
3435 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3436 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3437
|
|
|
3438 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3439 {
|
|
|
3440 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3441 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
|
3442 }
|
|
|
3443 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3444 }
|
|
13
|
3445 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3446 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0)
|
|
|
3447 {
|
|
|
3448 char_u *new_p_guifont, font_name[512];
|
|
|
3449
|
|
|
3450 font = gui_mac_select_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3451 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3452 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3453
|
|
|
3454 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */
|
|
|
3455 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(font_name) + 1);
|
|
|
3456 if (new_p_guifont != NULL)
|
|
|
3457 {
|
|
|
3458 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, font_name);
|
|
|
3459 vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
|
3460 p_guifont = new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3461 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */
|
|
|
3462 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont)
|
|
|
3463 {
|
|
|
3464 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ')
|
|
|
3465 *new_p_guifont = '_';
|
|
|
3466 }
|
|
|
3467 }
|
|
|
3468 }
|
|
|
3469 #endif
|
|
7
|
3470 else
|
|
|
3471 {
|
|
9
|
3472 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
7
|
3473
|
|
|
3474 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3475 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3476 }
|
|
|
3477 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3478
|
|
9
|
3479 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3480 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3481
|
|
|
3482 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3483
|
|
|
3484 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
9
|
3485 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
7
|
3486 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3487
|
|
|
3488 return OK;
|
|
|
3489
|
|
|
3490 }
|
|
|
3491
|
|
|
3492 int
|
|
|
3493 gui_mch_adjust_charsize()
|
|
|
3494 {
|
|
|
3495 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3496
|
|
9
|
3497 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3498 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3499 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3500 return OK;
|
|
|
3501 }
|
|
|
3502
|
|
|
3503 /*
|
|
|
3504 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3505 */
|
|
|
3506 GuiFont
|
|
|
3507 gui_mch_get_font(name, giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3508 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3509 int giveErrorIfMissing;
|
|
|
3510 {
|
|
|
3511 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3512
|
|
|
3513 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3514
|
|
|
3515 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3516 {
|
|
|
3517 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3518 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3519 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3520 }
|
|
|
3521 /*
|
|
|
3522 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3523 */
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 return font;
|
|
|
3526 }
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 /*
|
|
|
3529 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3530 */
|
|
|
3531 void
|
|
|
3532 gui_mch_set_font(font)
|
|
|
3533 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3534 {
|
|
|
3535 /*
|
|
|
3536 * TODO: maybe avoid set again the current font.
|
|
|
3537 */
|
|
|
3538 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3539 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3540 }
|
|
|
3541
|
|
|
3542 #if 0 /* not used */
|
|
|
3543 /*
|
|
|
3544 * Return TRUE if the two fonts given are equivalent.
|
|
|
3545 */
|
|
|
3546 int
|
|
|
3547 gui_mch_same_font(f1, f2)
|
|
|
3548 GuiFont f1;
|
|
|
3549 GuiFont f2;
|
|
|
3550 {
|
|
|
3551 return f1 == f2;
|
|
|
3552 }
|
|
|
3553 #endif
|
|
|
3554
|
|
|
3555 /*
|
|
|
3556 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
3557 */
|
|
|
3558 void
|
|
|
3559 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
3560 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3561 {
|
|
|
3562 /*
|
|
|
3563 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
3564 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
3565 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
3566 */
|
|
|
3567 }
|
|
|
3568
|
|
|
3569 static int
|
|
|
3570 hex_digit(c)
|
|
|
3571 int c;
|
|
|
3572 {
|
|
|
3573 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
3574 return c - '0';
|
|
|
3575 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
3576 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
3577 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
3578 return -1000;
|
|
|
3579 }
|
|
|
3580
|
|
|
3581 /*
|
|
|
3582 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
3583 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
3584 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
3585 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
3586 */
|
|
|
3587 guicolor_T
|
|
|
3588 gui_mch_get_color(name)
|
|
|
3589 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3590 {
|
|
|
3591 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
3592 */
|
|
|
3593 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
3594 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
3595
|
|
|
3596 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
3597 {
|
|
|
3598 char *name;
|
|
|
3599 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3600 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
3601
|
|
|
3602 /*
|
|
|
3603 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
3604 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
3605 */
|
|
|
3606 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
3607 {
|
|
|
3608 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
3609 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3610 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3611 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3612 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3613 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3614 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3615 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
3616 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3617 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3618 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3619 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3620 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3621 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3622 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3623 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3624 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3625 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
3626 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3627 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3628 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3629 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3630 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3631 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3632 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3633 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3634 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
3635 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
3636 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
3637 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
3638 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
3639 };
|
|
|
3640
|
|
|
3641 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
3642 int i;
|
|
|
3643
|
|
|
3644 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
3645 {
|
|
|
3646 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
3647 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
3648 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
3649 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
3650 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
3651 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3652 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3653 }
|
|
|
3654 else
|
|
|
3655 {
|
|
9
|
3656 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
3657 {
|
|
9
|
3658 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
3659 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
3660 }
|
|
|
3661 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
3662 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
3663 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
3664 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
3665 }
|
|
|
3666
|
|
|
3667
|
|
|
3668 /*
|
|
|
3669 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
3670 */
|
|
|
3671 {
|
|
|
3672 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
3673 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
3674 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
3675 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3676
|
|
|
3677 #ifdef COLON_AS_PATHSEP
|
|
|
3678 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME:rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3679 #else
|
|
|
3680 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3681 #endif
|
|
|
3682 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3683 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
3686 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
3687 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
3688 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3689
|
|
|
3690 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
3691 {
|
|
|
3692 int len;
|
|
|
3693 int pos;
|
|
|
3694 char *color;
|
|
|
3695
|
|
|
3696 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
3697 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
3698
|
|
|
3699 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
3700 continue;
|
|
|
3701
|
|
|
3702 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
3703
|
|
|
3704 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
3705 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
3706 continue;
|
|
|
3707
|
|
|
3708 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
3709
|
|
|
3710 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
3711 {
|
|
|
3712 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3713 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3714 }
|
|
|
3715 }
|
|
|
3716 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3717 }
|
|
|
3718
|
|
|
3719 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3720 }
|
|
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 /*
|
|
|
3723 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
3724 */
|
|
|
3725 void
|
|
|
3726 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color)
|
|
|
3727 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3728 {
|
|
|
3729 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3730
|
|
|
3731 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3732 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3733 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3734
|
|
9
|
3735 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3736 }
|
|
|
3737
|
|
|
3738 /*
|
|
|
3739 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
3740 */
|
|
|
3741 void
|
|
|
3742 gui_mch_set_bg_color(color)
|
|
|
3743 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3744 {
|
|
|
3745 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3746
|
|
|
3747 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3748 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3749 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3750
|
|
9
|
3751 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3752 }
|
|
|
3753
|
|
|
3754 void
|
|
|
3755 gui_mch_draw_string(row, col, s, len, flags)
|
|
|
3756 int row;
|
|
|
3757 int col;
|
|
|
3758 char_u *s;
|
|
|
3759 int len;
|
|
|
3760 int flags;
|
|
|
3761 {
|
|
|
3762 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3763 SInt32 sys_version;
|
|
|
3764 #endif
|
|
|
3765 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3766 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
3767
|
|
|
3768 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3769 {
|
|
|
3770 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
3771 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
3772 s = tofree;
|
|
|
3773 }
|
|
|
3774 #endif
|
|
|
3775
|
|
|
3776 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3777 /*
|
|
|
3778 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
3779 */
|
|
|
3780 sys_version = 0;
|
|
|
3781
|
|
|
3782 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &sys_version);
|
|
|
3783 if (sys_version >= 0x1020)
|
|
|
3784 {
|
|
|
3785 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
3786 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
3787 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
|
3788 (void)SwapQDTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
|
3789 }
|
|
|
3790
|
|
|
3791 if (sys_version >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
|
3792 {
|
|
|
3793 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
3794
|
|
|
3795 face = normal;
|
|
|
3796 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3797 face |= bold;
|
|
|
3798 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3799 face |= underline;
|
|
|
3800 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
3801
|
|
|
3802 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
3803 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3804
|
|
|
3805 if (!(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
|
3806 {
|
|
|
3807 /*
|
|
|
3808 * Since we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3809 * before drawing the text. The following is like calling
|
|
|
3810 * gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + len - 1),
|
|
|
3811 * but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3812 */
|
|
|
3813 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3814 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3815 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
3816 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
3817 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
3818 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3819 }
|
|
|
3820
|
|
|
3821 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3822 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3823 }
|
|
|
3824 else
|
|
|
3825 #endif
|
|
|
3826 {
|
|
|
3827 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
3828 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
3829 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
3830
|
|
|
3831 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
3832
|
|
|
3833 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
3834 {
|
|
9
|
3835 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
3836 }
|
|
|
3837
|
|
9
|
3838 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3839 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
3840
|
|
|
3841
|
|
|
3842 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3843 {
|
|
9
|
3844 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3845 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3846 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
3847 }
|
|
|
3848
|
|
|
3849 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3850 {
|
|
9
|
3851 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
3852 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
7
|
3853 }
|
|
|
3854 }
|
|
|
3855
|
|
|
3856 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3857 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
3858 #endif
|
|
|
3859 }
|
|
|
3860
|
|
|
3861 /*
|
|
|
3862 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
3863 */
|
|
|
3864 int
|
|
|
3865 gui_mch_haskey(name)
|
|
|
3866 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3867 {
|
|
|
3868 int i;
|
|
|
3869
|
|
|
3870 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
3871 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
3872 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
3873 return OK;
|
|
|
3874 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3875 }
|
|
|
3876
|
|
|
3877 void
|
|
|
3878 gui_mch_beep()
|
|
|
3879 {
|
|
9
|
3880 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
3881 }
|
|
|
3882
|
|
|
3883 void
|
|
|
3884 gui_mch_flash(msec)
|
|
|
3885 int msec;
|
|
|
3886 {
|
|
|
3887 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
3888 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3889
|
|
|
3890 /*
|
|
|
3891 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
3892 */
|
|
|
3893 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
3894 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
3895 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
3896 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3897 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3898
|
|
|
3899 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
3900
|
|
|
3901 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3902 }
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 /*
|
|
|
3905 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
3906 */
|
|
|
3907 void
|
|
|
3908 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(r, c, nr, nc)
|
|
|
3909 int r;
|
|
|
3910 int c;
|
|
|
3911 int nr;
|
|
|
3912 int nc;
|
|
|
3913 {
|
|
|
3914 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 /*
|
|
|
3917 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
3918 */
|
|
|
3919 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
3920 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
3921 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
3922 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3923 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 }
|
|
|
3926
|
|
|
3927 /*
|
|
|
3928 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
3929 */
|
|
|
3930 void
|
|
|
3931 gui_mch_iconify()
|
|
|
3932 {
|
|
|
3933 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
3934 * -window shade?
|
|
|
3935 * -hide application?
|
|
|
3936 */
|
|
|
3937 }
|
|
|
3938
|
|
|
3939 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3940 /*
|
|
|
3941 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
3942 */
|
|
|
3943 void
|
|
|
3944 gui_mch_set_foreground()
|
|
|
3945 {
|
|
|
3946 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3947 }
|
|
|
3948 #endif
|
|
|
3949
|
|
|
3950 /*
|
|
|
3951 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
3952 */
|
|
|
3953 void
|
|
|
3954 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(color)
|
|
|
3955 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3956 {
|
|
|
3957 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3958
|
|
|
3959 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
3960
|
|
|
3961 /*
|
|
|
3962 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
3963 */
|
|
|
3964 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
3965 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
3966 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
|
3967 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3968
|
|
|
3969 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
3970
|
|
9
|
3971 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
3972 }
|
|
|
3973
|
|
|
3974 /*
|
|
|
3975 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
3976 */
|
|
|
3977 void
|
|
|
3978 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(w, h, color)
|
|
|
3979 int w;
|
|
|
3980 int h;
|
|
|
3981 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3982 {
|
|
|
3983 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3984
|
|
|
3985 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
3986 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
3987 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
3988 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
3989 else
|
|
|
3990 #endif
|
|
|
3991 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
3992 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
3993 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
3994 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
3995
|
|
|
3996 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
3997
|
|
9
|
3998 PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
3999 }
|
|
|
4000
|
|
|
4001
|
|
|
4002
|
|
|
4003 /*
|
|
|
4004 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
4005 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
4006 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
4007 * immediately.
|
|
|
4008 */
|
|
|
4009 void
|
|
|
4010 gui_mch_update()
|
|
|
4011 {
|
|
|
4012 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
4013 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
4014 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
4015 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
4016 *
|
|
|
4017 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
4018 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
4019 */
|
|
|
4020 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
4021
|
|
9
|
4022 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
4023 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
4024 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
4025 }
|
|
|
4026
|
|
|
4027 /*
|
|
|
4028 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
4029 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
4030 */
|
|
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4033 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4034 #endif
|
|
|
4035 pascal
|
|
|
4036 Boolean
|
|
9
|
4037 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
4038 {
|
|
|
4039 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
4040 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
4041 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
4042 }
|
|
|
4043
|
|
|
4044 /*
|
|
|
4045 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
4046 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
4047 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
4048 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
4049 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
4050 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
4051 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
4052 */
|
|
|
4053 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4054 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4055 #endif
|
|
|
4056 int
|
|
|
4057 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(wtime)
|
|
|
4058 int wtime;
|
|
|
4059 {
|
|
|
4060 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
4061 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
4062 long entryTick;
|
|
|
4063 long currentTick;
|
|
|
4064 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
4065
|
|
|
4066 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
4067 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
4068 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
4069 */
|
|
|
4070 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
4071 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4072 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
4073
|
|
|
4074 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4075
|
|
|
4076 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
4077
|
|
|
4078 do
|
|
|
4079 {
|
|
|
4080 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
4081 {
|
|
|
4082 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
4083 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4084 }
|
|
|
4085 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
4086 {
|
|
|
4087 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
4088 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
4089 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4090 }
|
|
|
4091 /*
|
|
|
4092 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
4093 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
4094 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
4095 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
4096 */
|
|
|
4097 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
4098 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
|
4099 sleeppyTick = 60*wtime/1000;
|
|
|
4100 else
|
|
|
4101 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
9
|
4102 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
4103 {
|
|
|
4104 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
4105 if (!SIOUXHandleOneEvent(&event))
|
|
|
4106 #endif
|
|
9
|
4107 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
4108 if (input_available())
|
|
|
4109 {
|
|
|
4110 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4111 return OK;
|
|
|
4112 }
|
|
|
4113 }
|
|
|
4114 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4115 }
|
|
|
4116 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
4117
|
|
|
4118 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4119 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4120 }
|
|
|
4121
|
|
|
4122 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4123 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4124 #endif
|
|
|
4125
|
|
|
4126 /*
|
|
|
4127 * Output routines.
|
|
|
4128 */
|
|
|
4129
|
|
|
4130 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
4131 void
|
|
|
4132 gui_mch_flush()
|
|
|
4133 {
|
|
|
4134 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
4135 }
|
|
|
4136
|
|
|
4137 /*
|
|
|
4138 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
4139 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
4140 */
|
|
|
4141 void
|
|
|
4142 gui_mch_clear_block(row1, col1, row2, col2)
|
|
|
4143 int row1;
|
|
|
4144 int col1;
|
|
|
4145 int row2;
|
|
|
4146 int col2;
|
|
|
4147 {
|
|
|
4148 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4149
|
|
|
4150 /*
|
|
|
4151 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
4152 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
4153 */
|
|
|
4154 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
4155 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
4156 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
4157 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
4158
|
|
|
4159 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4160 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4161 }
|
|
|
4162
|
|
|
4163 /*
|
|
|
4164 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
4165 */
|
|
|
4166 void
|
|
|
4167 gui_mch_clear_all()
|
|
|
4168 {
|
|
|
4169 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4170
|
|
|
4171 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4172 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4173 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4174 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4175
|
|
|
4176 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4177 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4178 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
4179 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4180 */
|
|
|
4181 }
|
|
|
4182
|
|
|
4183 /*
|
|
|
4184 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
4185 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4186 */
|
|
|
4187 void
|
|
|
4188 gui_mch_delete_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
4189 int row;
|
|
|
4190 int num_lines;
|
|
|
4191 {
|
|
|
4192 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4193
|
|
|
4194 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
4195 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4196 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4197 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4198 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4199
|
|
|
4200 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4201 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4202
|
|
|
4203 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
4204 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4205 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4206 }
|
|
|
4207
|
|
|
4208 /*
|
|
|
4209 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4210 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4211 */
|
|
|
4212 void
|
|
|
4213 gui_mch_insert_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
4214 int row;
|
|
|
4215 int num_lines;
|
|
|
4216 {
|
|
|
4217 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4218
|
|
|
4219 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4220 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4221 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4222 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4223
|
|
|
4224 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4225
|
|
9
|
4226 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4227
|
|
|
4228 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4229 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4230 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4231 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4232 {
|
|
|
4233 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4234 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4235 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4236 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4237 }
|
|
|
4238
|
|
|
4239 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4240 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4241 }
|
|
|
4242
|
|
|
4243 /*
|
|
|
4244 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4245 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4246 */
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 void
|
|
|
4249 clip_mch_request_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4250 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4251 {
|
|
|
4252
|
|
|
4253 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4254 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4255 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4256 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4257 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4258 OSStatus error;
|
|
9
|
4259 int flavor;
|
|
7
|
4260 #else
|
|
|
4261 long scrapOffset;
|
|
|
4262 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4263 #endif
|
|
|
4264 int type;
|
|
|
4265 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4266 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4267
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4270 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4271 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4272 return;
|
|
|
4273
|
|
9
|
4274 flavor = 0;
|
|
|
4275 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4276 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4277 {
|
|
|
4278 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4279 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4280 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4281 }
|
|
|
4282
|
|
|
4283 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4284 {
|
|
|
4285 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4286 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4287 return;
|
|
|
4288
|
|
|
4289 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4290 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4291 return;
|
|
|
4292 }
|
|
|
4293
|
|
|
4294 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4295 #else
|
|
|
4296 /* Call to LoadScrap seem to avoid problem with crash on first paste */
|
|
|
4297 scrapSize = LoadScrap();
|
|
|
4298 scrapSize = GetScrap(nil, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4299
|
|
|
4300 if (scrapSize > 0)
|
|
|
4301 #endif
|
|
|
4302 {
|
|
|
4303 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4304 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
9
|
4305 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4306 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
|
4307 #else
|
|
|
4308 textOfClip = NewHandle(0);
|
|
|
4309 #endif
|
|
9
|
4310 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4311 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4312 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
|
4313 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : kScrapFlavorTypeText,
|
|
|
4314 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4315 #else
|
|
|
4316 scrapSize = GetScrap(textOfClip, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4317 #endif
|
|
|
4318
|
|
9
|
4319 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4320 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4321 else
|
|
|
4322 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
7
|
4323
|
|
|
4324 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE);
|
|
9
|
4325 STRNCPY(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize - flavor);
|
|
|
4326 tempclip[scrapSize - flavor] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4327
|
|
|
4328 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4329 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4330 {
|
|
|
4331 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4332
|
|
|
4333 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4334 searchCR[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
4335
|
|
|
4336 }
|
|
|
4337
|
|
|
4338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4339 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
4340 {
|
|
|
4341 char_u *to;
|
|
|
4342 int l = scrapSize;
|
|
|
4343
|
|
|
4344 to = string_convert(&input_conv, tempclip, &l);
|
|
|
4345 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
4346 {
|
|
|
4347 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4348 tempclip = to;
|
|
|
4349 scrapSize = l;
|
|
|
4350 }
|
|
|
4351 }
|
|
|
4352 #endif
|
|
|
4353 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4354
|
|
|
4355 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4356 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4359 }
|
|
|
4360 }
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 void
|
|
|
4363 clip_mch_lose_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4364 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4365 {
|
|
|
4366 /*
|
|
|
4367 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4368 */
|
|
|
4369 }
|
|
|
4370
|
|
|
4371 int
|
|
|
4372 clip_mch_own_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4373 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4374 {
|
|
|
4375 return OK;
|
|
|
4376 }
|
|
|
4377
|
|
|
4378 /*
|
|
|
4379 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4380 */
|
|
|
4381 void
|
|
|
4382 clip_mch_set_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4383 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4384 {
|
|
|
4385 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4386 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4387 int type;
|
|
|
4388 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4389 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4390 #endif
|
|
|
4391
|
|
|
4392 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4393
|
|
|
4394 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
4395 return;
|
|
|
4396
|
|
|
4397 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
4398
|
|
|
4399 /*
|
|
|
4400 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
4401 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
4402 *
|
|
|
4403 */
|
|
|
4404
|
|
|
4405 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
4406
|
|
|
4407 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *) &scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4408
|
|
|
4409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4410 if (str != NULL && output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
4411 {
|
|
|
4412 char_u *to;
|
|
|
4413 int l = scrapSize;
|
|
|
4414
|
|
|
4415 to = string_convert(&output_conv, str, &l);
|
|
|
4416 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
4417 {
|
|
|
4418 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4419 str = to;
|
|
|
4420 scrapSize = l;
|
|
|
4421 }
|
|
|
4422 }
|
|
|
4423 #endif
|
|
|
4424
|
|
|
4425 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
4426 {
|
|
|
4427 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4428 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
|
4429 #else
|
|
|
4430 ZeroScrap();
|
|
|
4431 #endif
|
|
|
4432
|
|
9
|
4433 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4434 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
|
4435 #else
|
|
7
|
4436 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4437 #endif
|
|
7
|
4438 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4439
|
|
|
4440 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4441 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
|
4442 STRNCPY(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4443 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4444 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
4445 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
4446 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
4447 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4448 #else
|
|
9
|
4449 STRNCPY(*textOfClip, str, scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4450 PutScrap(scrapSize, 'TEXT', *textOfClip);
|
|
|
4451 #endif
|
|
|
4452 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4453 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4454 }
|
|
|
4455
|
|
|
4456 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4457 }
|
|
|
4458
|
|
|
4459 void
|
|
|
4460 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4461 int x;
|
|
|
4462 int y;
|
|
|
4463 int w;
|
|
|
4464 int h;
|
|
|
4465 {
|
|
|
4466 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
4467
|
|
9
|
4468 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
4469 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4470 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4471 #else
|
|
|
4472 VimBound = gui.VimWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
4473 #endif
|
|
|
4474
|
|
|
4475 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4476 {
|
|
|
4477 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
4478 }
|
|
|
4479 else
|
|
|
4480 {
|
|
|
4481 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
4482 }
|
|
|
4483
|
|
|
4484 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4485 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4486 #endif
|
|
|
4487
|
|
9
|
4488 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
4489 }
|
|
|
4490
|
|
|
4491 /*
|
|
|
4492 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
4493 */
|
|
|
4494
|
|
|
4495 void
|
|
|
4496 gui_mch_enable_menu(flag)
|
|
|
4497 int flag;
|
|
|
4498 {
|
|
|
4499 /*
|
|
|
4500 * Menu is always active in itself
|
|
|
4501 * (maybe we should only disable a vim menu
|
|
|
4502 * and keep standard menu)
|
|
|
4503 *
|
|
|
4504 */
|
|
|
4505 }
|
|
|
4506
|
|
|
4507 void
|
|
|
4508 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4509 int x;
|
|
|
4510 int y;
|
|
|
4511 int w;
|
|
|
4512 int h;
|
|
|
4513 {
|
|
|
4514 /*
|
|
|
4515 * The menu is always at the top of the screen
|
|
|
4516 * Maybe a futur version will permit a menu in the window
|
|
|
4517 *
|
|
|
4518 */
|
|
|
4519 }
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 /*
|
|
|
4522 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
4523 */
|
|
|
4524 void
|
|
|
4525 gui_mch_add_menu(menu, idx)
|
|
|
4526 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4527 int idx;
|
|
|
4528 {
|
|
|
4529 /*
|
|
|
4530 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
4531 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
4532 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
4533 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
4534 */
|
|
|
4535 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
4536 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
|
4537 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4538 short index;
|
|
|
4539 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4540 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
4541
|
|
|
4542 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
4543 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
4544 return;
|
|
|
4545
|
|
|
4546 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
4547 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
4548 return;
|
|
|
4549
|
|
|
4550 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
4551 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
4552 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
4553
|
|
|
4554 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
4555 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
4556 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
4557
|
|
|
4558 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
4559 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
4560 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
4561
|
|
|
4562 /* Convert the name */
|
|
|
4563 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
|
4564 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
4565 return;
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
4568 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4569 if (STRNCMP(name, "\4Help", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
4570 {
|
|
|
4571 menu->submenu_id = kHMHelpMenuID;
|
|
|
4572 menu->submenu_handle = gui.MacOSHelpMenu;
|
|
|
4573 }
|
|
|
4574 else
|
|
|
4575 #endif
|
|
|
4576 {
|
|
|
4577 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
4578 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
4579 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
4580 */
|
|
|
4581 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
9
|
4582 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
7
|
4583 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
4584 }
|
|
|
4585
|
|
|
4586 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
4587 {
|
|
|
4588 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
4589
|
|
|
4590 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
4591 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
4592 */
|
|
|
4593
|
|
|
4594 /* Insert the menu unless it's the Help menu */
|
|
|
4595 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4596 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4597 #endif
|
|
9
|
4598 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
4599 #if 1
|
|
|
4600 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
4601 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4602 #endif
|
|
|
4603 }
|
|
|
4604 else
|
|
|
4605 {
|
|
|
4606 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
4607
|
|
9
|
4608 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4609
|
|
|
4610 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4611 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4612 */
|
|
|
4613 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
4614 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4615 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
4616 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4617 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
4618 }
|
|
|
4619
|
|
9
|
4620 vim_free(name);
|
|
7
|
4621
|
|
|
4622 #if 0
|
|
|
4623 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
4624 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4625 #endif
|
|
|
4626 }
|
|
|
4627
|
|
|
4628 /*
|
|
|
4629 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
4630 */
|
|
|
4631 void
|
|
|
4632 gui_mch_add_menu_item(menu, idx)
|
|
|
4633 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4634 int idx;
|
|
|
4635 {
|
|
|
4636 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4637 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4638 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
4639
|
|
|
4640 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
4641 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
4642 return;
|
|
|
4643
|
|
|
4644 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
4645 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
4646
|
|
|
4647 /* Convert the name */
|
|
|
4648 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
|
4649
|
|
|
4650 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
4651 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
4652 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
4653
|
|
|
4654 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4655 /* The index in the help menu are offseted */
|
|
|
4656 if (parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4657 idx += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
4658 #endif
|
|
|
4659
|
|
|
4660 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
4661 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
4662 {
|
|
|
4663 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
4664 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
4665 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
4666 */
|
|
|
4667 int key = 0;
|
|
|
4668 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
4669 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
4670
|
|
|
4671 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
|
4672 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, /*keycode=*/0);
|
|
|
4673 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
4674 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
4675 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
4676 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
4677 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
4678 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
4679 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
4680 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
4681 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
4682 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
4683 */
|
|
|
4684 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
4685 {
|
|
|
4686 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
4687 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
4688 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
4689 */
|
|
|
4690 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
4691 key += '@';
|
|
|
4692 }
|
|
|
4693 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
4694 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
4695 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
4696 */
|
|
|
4697 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
4698 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
4699 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
4700 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
4701 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
4702 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
4703 {
|
|
|
4704 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
4705 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
4706 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
4707 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
4708 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
4709 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
4710 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
4711 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
4712 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
4713 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
4714 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
4715 if (valid)
|
|
|
4716 {
|
|
|
4717 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
4718 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
4719 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
4720 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
4721 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
4722 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
4723 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
4724 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
4725 }
|
|
|
4726 }
|
|
|
4727 }
|
|
|
4728 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4729 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4730 */
|
|
|
4731 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
4732 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
4733 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
|
4734 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4735
|
|
|
4736 #if 0
|
|
|
4737 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
4738 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4739 #endif
|
|
|
4740
|
|
|
4741 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
4742 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
4743 }
|
|
|
4744
|
|
|
4745 void
|
|
|
4746 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(enable)
|
|
|
4747 int enable;
|
|
|
4748 {
|
|
|
4749 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
4750 }
|
|
|
4751
|
|
|
4752 /*
|
|
|
4753 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
4754 */
|
|
|
4755 void
|
|
|
4756 gui_mch_destroy_menu(menu)
|
|
|
4757 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4758 {
|
|
9
|
4759 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4760
|
|
|
4761 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
4762 {
|
|
|
4763 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4764 {
|
|
|
4765 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4766 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle != nil) /*gui.MacOSHelpMenu)*/
|
|
|
4767 #endif
|
|
|
4768 {
|
|
|
4769 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
4770 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
4771
|
|
|
4772 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
4773 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
4774 {
|
|
9
|
4775 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4776 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4777 }
|
|
|
4778 }
|
|
|
4779 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4780 # ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
4781 else
|
|
|
4782 {
|
|
9
|
4783 printf("gmdm 1\n");
|
|
7
|
4784 }
|
|
|
4785 # endif
|
|
|
4786 #endif
|
|
|
4787 }
|
|
|
4788 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
4789 else
|
|
|
4790 {
|
|
9
|
4791 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
4792 }
|
|
|
4793 #endif
|
|
|
4794 }
|
|
|
4795 else
|
|
|
4796 {
|
|
|
4797 /* Do not delete the Help Menu */
|
|
|
4798 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4799 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4800 #endif
|
|
|
4801 {
|
|
9
|
4802 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4803 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4804 }
|
|
|
4805 }
|
|
|
4806 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
4807 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4808 }
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 /*
|
|
|
4811 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
4812 */
|
|
|
4813 void
|
|
|
4814 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, grey)
|
|
|
4815 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4816 int grey;
|
|
|
4817 {
|
|
|
4818 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
4819 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4820 /*
|
|
|
4821 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
4822 */
|
|
|
4823 if (grey)
|
|
|
4824 {
|
|
|
4825 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4826 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4827 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4828 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4829 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4830 }
|
|
|
4831 else
|
|
|
4832 {
|
|
|
4833 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4834 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4835 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4836 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4837 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4838 }
|
|
|
4839 }
|
|
|
4840
|
|
|
4841 /*
|
|
|
4842 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
4843 */
|
|
|
4844 void
|
|
|
4845 gui_mch_menu_hidden(menu, hidden)
|
|
|
4846 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4847 int hidden;
|
|
|
4848 {
|
|
|
4849 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
4850 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
4851 }
|
|
|
4852
|
|
|
4853
|
|
|
4854 /*
|
|
|
4855 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
4856 */
|
|
|
4857 void
|
|
|
4858 gui_mch_draw_menubar()
|
|
|
4859 {
|
|
|
4860 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4861 }
|
|
|
4862
|
|
|
4863
|
|
|
4864 /*
|
|
|
4865 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
4866 */
|
|
|
4867
|
|
|
4868 void
|
|
|
4869 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(sb, flag)
|
|
|
4870 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4871 int flag;
|
|
|
4872 {
|
|
|
4873 if (flag)
|
|
|
4874 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4875 else
|
|
|
4876 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4877
|
|
|
4878 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4879 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
4880 #endif
|
|
|
4881 }
|
|
|
4882
|
|
|
4883 void
|
|
|
4884 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, val, size, max)
|
|
|
4885 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4886 long val;
|
|
|
4887 long size;
|
|
|
4888 long max;
|
|
|
4889 {
|
|
|
4890 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
4891 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
4892 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
|
4893 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4894 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
4895 #endif
|
|
|
4896 }
|
|
|
4897
|
|
|
4898 void
|
|
|
4899 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(sb, x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4900 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4901 int x;
|
|
|
4902 int y;
|
|
|
4903 int w;
|
|
|
4904 int h;
|
|
|
4905 {
|
|
|
4906 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4907 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4908 {
|
|
9
|
4909 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
4910 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4911 }
|
|
|
4912 else
|
|
|
4913 {
|
|
9
|
4914 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4915 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4916 }*/
|
|
|
4917 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
4918 h += 1;
|
|
|
4919 else
|
|
|
4920 w += 1;
|
|
|
4921
|
|
|
4922 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4923 x -= 15;
|
|
|
4924
|
|
9
|
4925 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4926 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4927 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4928 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4929 #endif
|
|
|
4930 }
|
|
|
4931
|
|
|
4932 void
|
|
|
4933 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(sb, orient)
|
|
|
4934 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4935 int orient; /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
|
4936 {
|
|
|
4937 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
4938
|
|
|
4939 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
4940 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
4941 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
4942 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
4943
|
|
9
|
4944 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
4945 &bounds,
|
|
|
4946 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
4947 TRUE,
|
|
|
4948 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
4949 0, /* top */
|
|
|
4950 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
4951 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4952 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
4953 #else
|
|
|
4954 scrollBarProc,
|
|
|
4955 #endif
|
|
|
4956 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
4957 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4958 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
4959 #endif
|
|
|
4960 }
|
|
|
4961
|
|
|
4962 void
|
|
|
4963 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(sb)
|
|
|
4964 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4965 {
|
|
|
4966 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4967 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
4968 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4969 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
4970 #endif
|
|
|
4971 }
|
|
|
4972
|
|
|
4973
|
|
|
4974 /*
|
|
|
4975 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
4976 *
|
|
|
4977 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
4978 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
4979 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
4980 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
4981 */
|
|
|
4982 void
|
|
|
4983 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
4984 {
|
|
|
4985 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
4986 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
4987 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
4988 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
4989 }
|
|
|
4990
|
|
|
4991 /*
|
|
|
4992 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
4993 */
|
|
|
4994 void
|
|
|
4995 gui_mch_stop_blink()
|
|
|
4996 {
|
|
|
4997 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4998 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
4999 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
5000 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
5001 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5002 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
5003 }
|
|
|
5004
|
|
|
5005 /*
|
|
|
5006 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
5007 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
5008 */
|
|
|
5009 void
|
|
|
5010 gui_mch_start_blink()
|
|
|
5011 {
|
|
|
5012 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5013 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5014 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
5015
|
|
|
5016 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
5017 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
5018 {
|
|
|
5019 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
5020 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
5021 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
5022 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5023 }*/
|
|
|
5024 }
|
|
|
5025
|
|
|
5026 /*
|
|
|
5027 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
5028 */
|
|
|
5029 long_u
|
|
|
5030 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
5031 {
|
|
|
5032 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
5033 }
|
|
|
5034
|
|
|
5035
|
|
|
5036
|
|
|
5037 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
5038 /*
|
|
|
5039 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
5040 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
5041 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
5042 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
5043 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
5044 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
5045 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
5046 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
5047 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
5048 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
5049 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
5050 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
5051 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
5052 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
5053 *
|
|
|
5054 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
5055 */
|
|
|
5056 char_u *
|
|
|
5057 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
5058 int saving,
|
|
|
5059 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5060 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
5061 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
5062 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
5063 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
5064 {
|
|
|
5065 #if defined (USE_NAVIGATION_SERVICE) || defined (USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
5066 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
5067 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
5068 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
5069 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
5070 long numFiles;
|
|
|
5071 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
5072 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5073
|
|
|
5074 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
5075 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
5076
|
|
|
5077
|
|
|
5078 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
5079 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
5080 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
5081 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
5082 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
5083 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
5084
|
|
9
|
5085 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
5086 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
5087 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
5088 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
5089 */
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 if (saving)
|
|
|
5092 {
|
|
|
5093 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
5094 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
5095 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5096 return NULL;
|
|
|
5097 }
|
|
|
5098 else
|
|
|
5099 {
|
|
|
5100 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
5101 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5102 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5103 return NULL;
|
|
|
5104 }
|
|
|
5105
|
|
|
5106 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
5107
|
|
9
|
5108 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
5109
|
|
|
5110 if (fnames)
|
|
|
5111 {
|
|
|
5112 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
5113 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
5114 }
|
|
|
5115
|
|
|
5116 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5117 return fname;
|
|
|
5118 #else
|
|
|
5119 SFTypeList fileTypes;
|
|
|
5120 StandardFileReply reply;
|
|
|
5121 Str255 Prompt;
|
|
|
5122 Str255 DefaultName;
|
|
|
5123 Str255 Directory;
|
|
|
5124
|
|
|
5125 /* TODO: split dflt in path and filename */
|
|
|
5126
|
|
9
|
5127 (void) C2PascalString(title, &Prompt);
|
|
|
5128 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &DefaultName);
|
|
|
5129 (void) C2PascalString(initdir, &Directory);
|
|
7
|
5130
|
|
|
5131 if (saving)
|
|
|
5132 {
|
|
|
5133 /* Use a custon filter instead of nil FAQ 9-4 */
|
|
9
|
5134 StandardPutFile(Prompt, DefaultName, &reply);
|
|
7
|
5135 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
5136 return NULL;
|
|
|
5137 }
|
|
|
5138 else
|
|
|
5139 {
|
|
9
|
5140 StandardGetFile(nil, -1, fileTypes, &reply);
|
|
7
|
5141 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
5142 return NULL;
|
|
|
5143 }
|
|
|
5144
|
|
|
5145 /* Work fine but append a : for new file */
|
|
9
|
5146 return (FullPathFromFSSpec_save(reply.sfFile));
|
|
7
|
5147
|
|
|
5148 /* Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5149 /* mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE);
|
|
|
5150 p = shorten_fname(fileBuf, IObuff);
|
|
|
5151 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5152 p = fileBuf;
|
|
|
5153 return vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
5154 */
|
|
|
5155 #endif
|
|
|
5156 }
|
|
|
5157 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
5158
|
|
|
5159 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
5160 /*
|
|
|
5161 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
5162 */
|
|
|
5163
|
|
|
5164 /*
|
|
|
5165 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
5166 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
5167 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
5168 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
5169 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
5170 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
5171 *
|
|
|
5172 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
5173 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
5174 *
|
|
|
5175 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
5176 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
5177 *
|
|
|
5178 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
5179 */
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 typedef struct
|
|
|
5182 {
|
|
|
5183 short idx;
|
|
|
5184 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
5185 Rect box;
|
|
|
5186 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
5187
|
|
|
5188 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
5189
|
|
|
5190 static void
|
|
|
5191 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
5192 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5193 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5194 short X,
|
|
|
5195 short Y,
|
|
|
5196 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
5197 {
|
|
|
5198 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
5199 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
5200 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5201 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
5202 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
5203 #else
|
|
|
5204 short itemType;
|
|
|
5205 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5206 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5207 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5208
|
|
|
5209 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5210 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5211
|
|
9
|
5212 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5213 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5214 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5215 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5216 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5217 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5218 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5219 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5220 #endif
|
|
|
5221 }
|
|
|
5222
|
|
|
5223 static void
|
|
|
5224 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5225 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5226 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5227 short width,
|
|
|
5228 short height)
|
|
|
5229 {
|
|
|
5230 short itemType;
|
|
|
5231 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5232 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5233
|
|
9
|
5234 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5237 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5238 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5239 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5240 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5241
|
|
|
5242 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5243 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5244 #else
|
|
|
5245 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5246 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5247 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5248
|
|
|
5249 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5250 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5251 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5252 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5253
|
|
|
5254 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5255 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5256 #endif
|
|
|
5257 }
|
|
|
5258
|
|
|
5259 static void
|
|
|
5260 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5261 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5262 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5263 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5264 {
|
|
|
5265 short itemType;
|
|
|
5266 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5267 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5268
|
|
9
|
5269 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5272 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5273 else
|
|
9
|
5274 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5275 }
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 int
|
|
|
5278 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5279 int type,
|
|
|
5280 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5281 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5282 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5283 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5284 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5285 {
|
|
|
5286 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5287 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5288 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5289 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5290 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5291 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5292 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5293 char_u len;
|
|
|
5294 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5295 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5296 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5297 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5298 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5299 Rect box;
|
|
|
5300 short button;
|
|
|
5301 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5302 short itemType;
|
|
|
5303 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5304 short width;
|
|
|
5305 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all button together incuding spacing */
|
|
|
5306 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5307 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5308 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5309 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5310 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5311 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5312
|
|
|
5313 short vertical;
|
|
|
5314 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5315 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5316 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5317
|
|
|
5318 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5319 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5320 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5321 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5324
|
|
|
5325 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5326 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5327
|
|
|
5328 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5329 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5330
|
|
|
5331 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5332 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5333
|
|
|
5334 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5335 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5336 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5337 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5338 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5339 */
|
|
9
|
5340 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5341
|
|
|
5342 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5343 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5344 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5345 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5346 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5347 #else
|
|
9
|
5348 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5349 #endif
|
|
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5352 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5353 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5354 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5355
|
|
|
5356 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5357 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
5358 {
|
|
9
|
5359 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
5360 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
5361 }
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
5364 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
5365 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
5366 button = 0;
|
|
|
5367
|
|
|
5368 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
5369 {
|
|
|
5370 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
5371 button++;
|
|
|
5372 len = 0;
|
|
|
5373 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
5374 {
|
|
|
5375 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
5376 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5377 }
|
|
|
5378 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
5379 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
5380 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
5383 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
5384
|
|
|
5385 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
5386 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
5387
|
|
|
5388 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
5389 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
5390 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
5391 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
5392 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
5393 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
5394 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
5397
|
|
|
5398 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
5399 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
5400 }
|
|
9
|
5401 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
5402 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
5405 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
5406 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
5407 switch (type)
|
|
|
5408 {
|
|
|
5409 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5410 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5411 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
5412 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5413 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5414 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5415 };
|
|
9
|
5416 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5417 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
5418 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5419 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
5420 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
5421 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5422
|
|
|
5423 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
5424 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
5425 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5426 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5427 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
5428 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5429 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
5430 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5431 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5432
|
|
|
5433 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
5434 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5435 {
|
|
|
5436 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convet to text edit */
|
|
|
5437 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
5438 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5439 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5440 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
5441 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5442 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
5443 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
5444 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5445 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5446 }
|
|
|
5447
|
|
|
5448 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
5449 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
5450 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
5453
|
|
|
5454 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
5455 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
5456 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
5457
|
|
|
5458 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
5459 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
5460 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
5461 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
5464 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
5465 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
5466 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5467
|
|
|
5468 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
5469 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5470 {
|
|
|
5471 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5472 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
5473 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
5474 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5475 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
5476 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5477 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
5478 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5479 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
5480 }
|
|
|
5481
|
|
|
5482 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
5483 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5484 {
|
|
|
5485 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5486 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5487 }
|
|
|
5488 else
|
|
|
5489 {
|
|
|
5490 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5491 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5492 }
|
|
|
5493
|
|
|
5494 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
5495 {
|
|
|
5496
|
|
9
|
5497 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
7
|
5498 /* With vertical, it's better to have all button the same lenght */
|
|
|
5499 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5500 {
|
|
9
|
5501 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
5502 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5503 }
|
|
|
5504 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
5505 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5506 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5507 else
|
|
|
5508 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5509 }
|
|
|
5510
|
|
|
5511 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
5512 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5513 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
5514
|
|
|
5515 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5516 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
5517 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5518 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
5519 #endif
|
|
|
5520
|
|
|
5521 /* Display it */
|
|
|
5522 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5523 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
5524 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5525
|
|
9
|
5526 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
5527 #if 0
|
|
9
|
5528 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5529 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5530 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5531 #else
|
|
9
|
5532 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5533 #endif
|
|
|
5534 #endif
|
|
|
5535
|
|
|
5536 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
5537 do
|
|
|
5538 {
|
|
9
|
5539 ModalDialog(nil, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
5540 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
5541
|
|
|
5542 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
5543 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5544 {
|
|
9
|
5545 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5546 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
5547 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
5548 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
5549 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
5550 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
5551 #endif
|
|
|
5552 STRNCPY(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
|
5553 textfield[name[0]] = NUL;
|
|
|
5554 }
|
|
|
5555
|
|
|
5556 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
5557 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
5560 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5561
|
|
|
5562 return itemHit;
|
|
|
5563 /*
|
|
|
5564 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
5565 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
5566 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
5567 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
5568 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
|
5569 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text lenght
|
|
|
5570 */
|
|
|
5571 }
|
|
|
5572 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
5573
|
|
|
5574 /*
|
|
|
5575 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
5576 */
|
|
|
5577 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
5578 void
|
|
|
5579 display_errors()
|
|
|
5580 {
|
|
|
5581 char *p;
|
|
|
5582 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
5583
|
|
|
5584 if (error_ga.ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
5585 {
|
|
|
5586 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
5587 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
5588 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
5589 {
|
|
|
5590 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
5591 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
5592 else
|
|
|
5593 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5594
|
|
|
5595 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
9
|
5596 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
5597 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
7
|
5598 break;
|
|
|
5599 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
5600 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
5601 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
5602 */
|
|
|
5603 }
|
|
|
5604 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
|
5605 }
|
|
|
5606 }
|
|
|
5607 #endif
|
|
|
5608
|
|
|
5609 /*
|
|
|
5610 * Get current y mouse coordinate in text window.
|
|
|
5611 * Return -1 when unknown.
|
|
|
5612 */
|
|
|
5613 int
|
|
|
5614 gui_mch_get_mouse_x()
|
|
|
5615 {
|
|
|
5616 Point where;
|
|
|
5617
|
|
|
5618 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5619
|
|
|
5620 return (where.h);
|
|
|
5621 }
|
|
|
5622
|
|
|
5623 int
|
|
|
5624 gui_mch_get_mouse_y()
|
|
|
5625 {
|
|
|
5626 Point where;
|
|
|
5627
|
|
|
5628 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5629
|
|
|
5630 return (where.v);
|
|
|
5631 }
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 void
|
|
|
5634 gui_mch_setmouse(x, y)
|
|
|
5635 int x;
|
|
|
5636 int y;
|
|
|
5637 {
|
|
|
5638 /* TODO */
|
|
|
5639 #if 0
|
|
|
5640 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
5641
|
|
|
5642 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
5643 Point where;
|
|
|
5644
|
|
9
|
5645 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
5646 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
5647 {
|
|
|
5648 /* New way */
|
|
|
5649
|
|
|
5650 /*
|
|
|
5651 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
5652 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
5653 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
5654 *
|
|
|
5655 */
|
|
|
5656
|
|
|
5657 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
5658
|
|
|
5659 do
|
|
|
5660 {
|
|
|
5661 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
5662 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
5663 }
|
|
9
|
5664 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
5665
|
|
|
5666 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
5667 }
|
|
|
5668 else
|
|
|
5669 {
|
|
|
5670 /* Old way */
|
|
|
5671 where.h = x;
|
|
|
5672 where.v = y;
|
|
|
5673
|
|
|
5674 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
5675 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
5676 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
5677 }
|
|
|
5678 #endif
|
|
|
5679 }
|
|
|
5680
|
|
|
5681 void
|
|
|
5682 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(menu)
|
|
|
5683 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5684 {
|
|
|
5685 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
5686 /*
|
|
|
5687 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
5688 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
5689 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
5690 */
|
|
|
5691
|
|
|
5692 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
5693 Point where;
|
|
|
5694 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5695 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
5696 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
5697 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
5698 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
5699 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
5702 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5705 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5706 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
5707
|
|
|
5708 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
|
5711 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
5712
|
|
|
5713 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
5714 {
|
|
|
5715 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
5716 {
|
|
|
5717 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
5718 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
5719 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
5720 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
5721 }
|
|
|
5722 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
5723 {
|
|
|
5724 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
5725 }
|
|
|
5726 }
|
|
|
5727
|
|
|
5728 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
5729 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5730 #endif
|
|
|
5731 }
|
|
|
5732
|
|
|
5733 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5734 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
5735 void
|
|
|
5736 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
5737 {
|
|
|
5738 # ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
5739 printf("Writing Buf...\n");
|
|
7
|
5740 # endif
|
|
9
|
5741 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
5742 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
5743 }
|
|
|
5744 #endif
|
|
|
5745
|
|
|
5746 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
5747 /*
|
|
|
5748 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
5749 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
5750 */
|
|
|
5751 void
|
|
|
5752 gui_mch_settitle(title, icon)
|
|
|
5753 char_u *title;
|
|
|
5754 char_u *icon;
|
|
|
5755 {
|
|
|
5756 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
5757 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
5758 */
|
|
|
5759 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
|
5760
|
|
|
5761 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5762 return;
|
|
|
5763
|
|
|
5764 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
5765 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
5766 {
|
|
|
5767 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5768 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
|
5770 }
|
|
|
5771 #endif
|
|
|
5772
|
|
|
5773 /*
|
|
|
5774 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
5775 */
|
|
|
5776
|
|
|
5777 int
|
|
9
|
5778 C2PascalString(CString, PascalString)
|
|
7
|
5779 char_u *CString;
|
|
|
5780 Str255 *PascalString;
|
|
|
5781 {
|
|
|
5782 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
5783 int len;
|
|
|
5784 int i;
|
|
|
5785
|
|
|
5786 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5787 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
5788 return 0;
|
|
|
5789
|
|
|
5790 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
5791 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
5792 len = 255;
|
|
|
5793
|
|
|
5794 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
5795 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
5798
|
|
|
5799 return 0;
|
|
|
5800 }
|
|
|
5801
|
|
|
5802 int
|
|
9
|
5803 GetFSSpecFromPath(file, fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
5804 char_u *file;
|
|
|
5805 FSSpec *fileFSSpec;
|
|
|
5806 {
|
|
|
5807 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
5808 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
5809 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
5810 OSErr err;
|
|
|
5811
|
|
9
|
5812 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
5813
|
|
|
5814 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
5815 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
5816 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5817 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
5818
|
|
9
|
5819 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5820
|
|
|
5821 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
5822 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
5823
|
|
|
5824 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
5825 return 0;
|
|
|
5826 }
|
|
|
5827
|
|
|
5828 /*
|
|
|
5829 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
5830 */
|
|
|
5831
|
|
9
|
5832 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
5833 {
|
|
|
5834 /*
|
|
|
5835 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
5836 */
|
|
|
5837
|
|
|
5838 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
5839 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
5840 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
5841 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5842 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
5843 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5844 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
5845 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
5846 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
5847 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5848 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
5849 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
5850 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
5851 #else
|
|
|
5852 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
5853 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
5854 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
5855 #endif
|
|
|
5856
|
|
|
5857 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5858 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
5859 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
5860 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
5861
|
|
|
5862 if (error)
|
|
|
5863 return NULL;
|
|
|
5864 #endif
|
|
|
5865
|
|
|
5866 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
|
5867 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
|
5868 filenamePtr[file.name[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
5869
|
|
|
5870 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
5871 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5872 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
5873 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5874 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
|
5875 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5876
|
|
|
5877 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
5878 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
5879 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5880
|
|
|
5881 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
5882 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
5883 return NULL;
|
|
|
5884
|
|
|
5885 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
5886 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
5887 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
5888 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
5889 else
|
|
|
5890 folder = 1;
|
|
|
5891
|
|
|
5892 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5893 /*
|
|
|
5894 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
5895 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
5896 */
|
|
|
5897 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
5898 {
|
|
|
5899 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
5900 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
5901 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
5902 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
5903 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
5904 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
5905 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
5906 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
5907 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
5908 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
5909 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
5910 if (error)
|
|
|
5911 return NULL;
|
|
|
5912
|
|
|
5913 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
5914 if (error)
|
|
|
5915 return NULL;
|
|
|
5916
|
|
|
5917 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
5918 if (status)
|
|
|
5919 return NULL;
|
|
|
5920
|
|
|
5921 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5922 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5923 }
|
|
|
5924 else
|
|
|
5925 {
|
|
|
5926 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
5927 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
5928 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
5929 if (error)
|
|
|
5930 return NULL;
|
|
|
5931
|
|
9
|
5932 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
5933 if (status)
|
|
|
5934 return NULL;
|
|
|
5935 }
|
|
|
5936
|
|
|
5937 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
5938 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
5939 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5940
|
|
|
5941 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
5942 #else
|
|
|
5943 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
5944 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
5945 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
5946
|
|
|
5947 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
5948 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
5949 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5950 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5951
|
|
9
|
5952 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
5953 do
|
|
|
5954 {
|
|
|
5955 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
5956 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
5957 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5958 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
5959 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
5960
|
|
|
5961 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
5962 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
5963 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
5964
|
|
|
5965 if (error)
|
|
|
5966 return NULL;
|
|
|
5967
|
|
|
5968 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
5969 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5970 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
|
5971 filenamePtr[directoryName[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
5972 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
5973 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
5974 }
|
|
|
5975 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
5976 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
5977 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
5978 #else
|
|
|
5979 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
5980 #endif
|
|
|
5981
|
|
|
5982 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
5983 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
5984 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
5985 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5986 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
5987 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
5988
|
|
|
5989 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
5990 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
5991 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
5992
|
|
|
5993 if (error)
|
|
|
5994 return NULL;
|
|
|
5995
|
|
|
5996 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
5997 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
|
5998 /* when we are not refering to the boot volume */
|
|
|
5999 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6000 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
6001 #endif
|
|
|
6002 {
|
|
|
6003 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
6004 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6005 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
|
6006 filenamePtr[directoryName[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6007 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6008 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6009
|
|
|
6010 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6011 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6012 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6013 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
6014 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6015 #endif
|
|
|
6016 }
|
|
|
6017
|
|
|
6018 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
6019 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6020 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
6021
|
|
|
6022 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
6023 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6024 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
6025 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
6026 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6027 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
6028 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6029 {
|
|
|
6030 char *p;
|
|
|
6031 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
6032 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6033 *p = '/';
|
|
|
6034 }
|
|
|
6035 #endif
|
|
|
6036
|
|
9
|
6037 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
6038 #endif
|
|
|
6039 }
|
|
|
6040
|
|
|
6041 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6042 /*
|
|
|
6043 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
6044 */
|
|
|
6045
|
|
|
6046 /*
|
|
|
6047 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
6048 */
|
|
|
6049 void
|
|
|
6050 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
6051 {
|
|
|
6052 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
|
6053 }
|
|
|
6054
|
|
|
6055 /*
|
|
|
6056 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
6057 */
|
|
|
6058 void
|
|
|
6059 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
6060 {
|
|
|
6061 KeyScript(active ? smKeySysScript : smKeyRoman);
|
|
|
6062 }
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 /*
|
|
|
6065 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
6066 */
|
|
|
6067 int
|
|
|
6068 im_get_status()
|
|
|
6069 {
|
|
|
6070 SInt32 script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6071 return (script != smRoman
|
|
|
6072 && script == GetScriptManagerVariable(smSysScript)) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
6073 }
|
|
|
6074 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
